Api Rest

REST API Developer Guide
Version 46.0, Summer ’19
@salesforcedocs
Last updated: July 3, 2019
© Copyright 2000–2019 salesforce.com, inc. All rights reserved. Salesforce is a registered trademark of salesforce.com, inc.,
as are other names and marks. Other marks appearing herein may be trademarks of their respective owners.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Introducing Lightning Platform REST API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Lightning Platform REST Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Using Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Using Conditional Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Using cURL in the REST Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Understanding Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Defining Connected Apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Understanding OAuth Endpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
How Are Apps Authenticated with the Web Server OAuth Authentication Flow? . . . . . . . . . 7
Understanding the User-Agent OAuth Authentication Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Understanding the Username-Password OAuth Authentication Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
How Does the OAuth Refresh Token Fit Into the Authentication Flow? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Finding Additional Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Use CORS to Access Salesforce Resources from Web Browsers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Chapter 2: Quick Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Step One: Obtain a Salesforce Developer Edition Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Step Two: Set Up Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Step Three: Send HTTP Requests with cURL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Step Four: Walk Through the Sample Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Using Workbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Chapter 3: Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Getting Information About My Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
List Available REST API Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
List Organization Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
List Available REST Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Get a List of Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Get an Image from a Rich Text Area Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Get a List of Objects If Metadata Has Changed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Working with Object Metadata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Retrieve Metadata for an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Get Field and Other Metadata for an Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Get Object Metadata Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Working with Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Create a Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Update a Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Delete a Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Contents
Get Field Values from a Standard Object Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Get Field Values from an External Object Record by Using the Salesforce ID . . . . . . . . . . 47
Get Field Values from an External Object Record by Using the External ID Standard
Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Retrieve a Record Using an External ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Insert or Update (Upsert) a Record Using an External ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Traverse Relationships with Friendly URLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Get Attachment Content from a Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Get a List of Deleted Records Within a Given Timeframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Get a List of Updated Records Within a Given Timeframe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Delete Lightning Experience Event Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Working with Searches and Queries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Execute a SOQL Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Execute a SOQL Query that Includes Deleted Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Get Feedback on Query Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Search for a String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Get the Default Search Scope and Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Get Search Result Layouts for Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
View Relevant Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Insert or Update Blob Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Working with Recently Viewed Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
View Recently Viewed Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Mark Records as Recently Viewed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Managing User Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Manage User Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Working with Approval Processes and Process Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Get a List of All Approval Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Submit a Record for Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Approve a Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Reject a Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Bulk Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Get a List of Process Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Get a Particular Process Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Trigger Process Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Using Event Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Describe Event Monitoring Using REST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Query Event Monitoring Data with REST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Get Event Monitoring Content from a Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Download Large Event Log Files Using cURL with REST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Delete Event Monitoring Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Query or View Hourly Event Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Using Composite Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Execute Dependent Requests in a Single API Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Update an Account, Create a Contact, and Link Them with a Junction Object . . . . . . . . . 97
Contents
Update a Record and Get Its Field Values in a Single Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Create Nested Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Create Multiple Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Chapter 4: Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Resources by Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Describe Global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
SObject Basic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
SObject Describe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
SObject Get Deleted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
SObject Get Updated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
SObject Named Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
SObject Rows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
SObject Rows by External ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
SObject Blob Retrieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
SObject ApprovalLayouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
SObject CompactLayouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Describe Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
SObject PlatformAction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
SObject Quick Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
SObject Rich Text Image Retrieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
SObject Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
SObject Suggested Articles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
SObject User Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Platform Event Schema by Event Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Platform Event Schema by Schema ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
AppMenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Compact Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Consent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Embedded Service Configuration Describe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Invocable Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Standard Invocable Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Custom Invocable Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
List View Describe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
List View Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
List Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Support Knowledge with REST API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Data Category Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Data Category Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Articles List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Articles Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Parameterized Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Contents
Process Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Process Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Product Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
QueryAll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Quick Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Recent List Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Recently Viewed Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Record Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Record Count Response Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Relevant Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Retrieve Knowledge Language Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Search Scope and Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Search Result Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Lightning Toggle Metrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Lightning Usage by App Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Lightning Usage by Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Lightning Usage by Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Lightning Usage by FlexiPage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Lightning Exit by Page Metrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Lightning Scheduler Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Scheduling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Get Appointment Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Get Appointment Candidates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Request Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Response Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Search for Records Suggested by Autocomplete and Instant Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Search Suggested Article Title Matches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Search Suggested Queries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Themes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Composite Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Batch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
SObject Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
SObject Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Assignment Rule Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Call Options Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Limit Info Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Package Version Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Query Options Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Status Codes and Error Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
CHAPTER 1 Introducing Lightning Platform REST API
In this chapter ... REST API provides a powerful, convenient, and simple Web services API for interacting with Lightning
Platform. Its advantages include ease of integration and development, and it’s an excellent choice of
• Lightning Platform technology for use with mobile applications and Web 2.0 projects. If you have many records to process,
REST Resources consider using Bulk API, which is based on REST principles and optimized for large sets of data.
• Using Compression
REST API uses the same underlying data model and standard objects as those in SOAP API. See the SOAP
• Using Conditional API Developer Guide for details. REST API also follows the same limits as SOAP API. See the Limits section
Requests in the SOAP API Developer Guide.
• Using cURL in the
To use the API requires basic familiarity with software development, web services, and the Salesforce
REST Examples
user interface.
• Understanding
Authentication Use this introduction to understand:
• Use CORS to Access • The key characteristics and architecture of REST API. This will help you understand how your
Salesforce Resources applications can best use the Lightning Platform REST resources.
from Web Browsers • How to set up your development environment so you can begin working with REST API immediately.
• How to use REST API by following a quick start that leads you step by step through a typical use case.
1
Introducing Lightning Platform REST API Lightning Platform REST Resources
Lightning Platform REST Resources

A REST resource is an abstraction of a piece of information or an action, such as a single data record, a collection of records, or a query.
Each resource in REST API is identified by a named Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) and is accessed using standard HTTP methods
(HEAD, GET, POST, PATCH, DELETE). REST API is based on the usage of resources, their URIs, and the links between them.
You use a resource to interact with your Salesforce org. For example, you can:
• Retrieve summary information about the API versions available to you.
• Obtain detailed information about a Salesforce object, such as Account, User, or a custom object.
• Perform a query or search.
• Update or delete records.
Suppose you want to retrieve information about the Salesforce version. Submit a request for the Versions resource.
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/
The output from this request is as follows.

[
{
"version":"20.0",
"url":"/services/data/v20.0",
"label":"Winter '11"
}
...
]
Note: Salesforce runs on multiple server instances. The examples in this guide use yourInstance in place of a specific
instance. Replace that text with the instance for your org.
Important characteristics of the Lightning Platform REST API resources and architecture:
Stateless
Each request from client to server must contain all the information necessary to understand the request, and not use any stored
context on the server. However, the representations of the resources are interconnected using URLs, which allow the client to progress
between states.
Caching behavior
Responses are labeled as cacheable or non-cacheable.
Uniform interface
All resources are accessed with a generic interface over HTTP.
Named resources
All resources are named using a base URI that follows your Lightning Platform URI.
Layered components
The Lightning Platform REST API architecture allows for the existence of such intermediaries as proxy servers and gateways to exist
between the client and the resources.
Authentication
The Lightning Platform REST API supports OAuth 2.0 (an open protocol to allow secure API authorization). See Understanding
Authentication for more details.
2
Introducing Lightning Platform REST API Using Compression
Support for JSON and XML

JSON is the default. You can use the HTTP ACCEPT header to select either JSON or XML, or append .json or .xml to the URI
(for example, /Account/001D000000INjVe.json).
The JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) format is supported with UTF-8. Date-time information is in ISO8601 format.
XML serialization is similar to SOAP API. XML requests are supported in UTF-8 and UTF-16, and XML responses are provided in UTF-8.
Friendly URLs
Why make two API calls when you can make just one? A friendly URL provides an intuitive way to construct REST API requests and
minimizes the number of round-trips between your app and Salesforce org. Friendly URLs are available in API version 36.0 and later.
Accessing a contact’s parent account without a friendly URL involves requesting the contact record using the SObject Rows resource.
Then you examine the account relationship field to obtain the account ID and request the account record with another call to SObject
Rows. Using a friendly URL, you can access the account in a single call directly from the contact’s path:
/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/contact/id/account.
This functionality is exposed via the SObject Relationships on page 127 resource. For more examples of using friendly URLs to access
relationship fields, see Traverse Relationships with Friendly URLs on page 53.
Using Compression
The REST API allows the use of compression on the request and the response, using the standards defined by the HTTP 1.1 specification.
Compression is automatically supported by some clients, and can be manually added to others. Visit Salesforce Developers for more
information on particular clients.
Tip: For better performance, we suggest that clients accept and support compression as defined by the HTTP 1.1 specification.
To use compression, include the HTTP header Accept-Encoding: gzip or Accept-Encoding: deflate in a request.
The REST API compresses the response if the client properly specifies this header. The response includes the header
Content-Encoding: gzip or Accept-Encoding: deflate. You can also compress any request by including a
Content-Encoding: gzip or Content-Encoding: deflate header.
Response Compression
The REST API can optionally compress responses. Responses are compressed only if the client sends an Accept-Encoding header.
The REST API is not required to compress the response even if you have specified Accept-Encoding, but it normally does. If the
REST API compresses the response, it also specifies a Content-Encoding header.
Request Compression
Clients can also compress requests. The REST API decompresses any requests before processing. The client must send a
Content-Encoding HTTP header in the request with the name of the appropriate compression algorithm. For more information,
see:
• Content-Encoding at: www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11
• Accept-Encoding at: www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.3
• Content Codings at: www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec3.html#sec3.5
3
Introducing Lightning Platform REST API Using Conditional Requests
Using Conditional Requests

To support response caching, REST API allows conditional request headers that follow the standards defined by the HTTP 1.1 specification.
For strong validation, include either the If-Match or If-None-Match header in a request, and reference the entity tags (ETag)
of the records you want to match against. For weak validation, include either the If-Modified-Since or
If-Unmodified-Since header in a request along with the date and time you want to check against. The REST API conditional
headers follow the HTTP 1.1 specification with the following exceptions.
• When you include an invalid header value for If-Match, If-None-Match, or If-Unmodified-Since on a PATCH or
POST request, a 400 Bad Request status code is returned.
• The If-Range header isn’t supported.
• DELETE requests are not supported with these headers.
ETag
HTTP 1.1 specification: www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.19
The ETag header is a response header that’s returned when you access the SObject Rows resource. It’s a hash of the content that’s
used by the If-Match and If-None-Match request headers in subsequent requests to determine if the content has changed.
Supported resources: SObject Rows (account records only)
Example: ETag: "U5iWijwWbQD18jeiXwsqxeGpZQk=-gzip"
If-Match
The If-Match header is a request header for SObject Rows that includes a list of ETags. If the ETag of the record you’re requesting
matches an ETag specified in the header, the request is processed. Otherwise, a 412 Precondition Failed status code is
returned, and the request isn’t processed.
Example: If-Match: "Jbjuzw7dbhaEG3fd90kJbx6A0ow=-gzip",
"U5iWijwWbQD18jeiXwsqxeGpZQk=-gzip"
If-None-Match
The If-None-Match header is a request header for SObject Rows that’s the inverse of If-Match. If the ETag of the record
you’re requesting matches an ETag specified in the header, the request isn’t processed. A 304 Not Modified status code is
returned for GET or HEAD requests, and a 412 Precondition Failed status code is returned for PATCH requests.
Example: If-None-Match: "Jbjuzw7dbhaEG3fd90kJbx6A0ow=-gzip",
"U5iWijwWbQD18jeiXwsqxeGpZQk=-gzip"
If-Modified-Since
The If-Modified-Since header is a time-based request header. The request is processed only if the data has changed since
the date and time specified in the header. Otherwise, a 304 Not Modified status code is returned, and the request isn’t
processed.
Supported resources: SObject Rows, SObject Describe, Describe Global, and Invocable Actions
Example: If-Modified-Since: Tue, 10 Aug 2015 00:00:00 GMT
4
Introducing Lightning Platform REST API Using cURL in the REST Examples
If-Unmodified-Since
The If-Unmodified-Since header is a request header that’s the inverse of If-Modified-Since. If you make a request
and include the If-Unmodified-Since header, the request is processed only if the data hasn’t changed since the specified
date. Otherwise, a 412 Precondition Failed status code is returned, and the request isn’t processed.
Supported resources: SObject Rows, SObject Describe, Describe Global, and Invocable Actions
Example: If-Unmodified-Since: Tue, 10 Aug 2015 00:00:00 GMT
Using cURL in the REST Examples

The examples in this guide use the cURL tool to send HTTP requests to access, create, and manipulate REST resources on the Lightning
Platform. cURL is pre-installed on many Linux and Mac systems. Windows users can download a version at curl.haxx.se/. When
using HTTPS on Windows, ensure that your system meets the cURL requirements for SSL.
Note: cURL is an open source tool and is not supported by Salesforce.
Escaping the Session ID or Using Single Quotes on Mac and Linux Systems
When running the cURL examples for the REST resources, you may get an error on Mac and Linux systems due to the presence of
the exclamation mark special character in the session ID argument. To avoid getting this error, do one of the following:
• Escape the exclamation mark (!) special character in the session ID by inserting a backslash before it (\!) when the session ID is
enclosed within double quotes. For example, the session ID string in this cURL command has the exclamation mark (!) escaped:
curl https://instance_name.salesforce.com/services/data/v46.0/
-H "Authorization: Bearer
00D50000000IehZ\!AQcAQH0dMHZfz972Szmpkb58urFRkgeBGsxL_QJWwYMfAbUeeG7c1E6
LYUfiDUkWe6H34r1AAwOR8B8fLEz6n04NPGRrq0FM"
• Enclose the session ID within single quotes. For example:
curl https://instance_name.salesforce.com/services/data/v46.0/
-H 'Authorization: Bearer sessionID'
Understanding Authentication
Salesforce uses the OAuth protocol to allow users of applications to securely access data without having to reveal username and password
credentials.
Before making REST API calls, you must authenticate the application user using OAuth 2.0. To do so, you’ll need to:
• Set up your application as a connected app in the Salesforce organization.
• Determine the correct Salesforce OAuth endpoint for your connected app to use.
• Authenticate the connected app user via one of several different OAuth 2.0 authentication flows. An OAuth authentication flow
defines a series of steps used to coordinate the authentication process between your application and Salesforce. Supported OAuth
flows include:
– Web server flow, where the server can securely protect the consumer secret.
– User-agent flow, used by applications that cannot securely store the consumer secret.
– Username-password flow, where the application has direct access to user credentials.
5
Introducing Lightning Platform REST API Defining Connected Apps
After successfully authenticating the connected app user with Salesforce, you’ll receive an access token which can be used to make
authenticated REST API calls.
Defining Connected Apps

To authenticate using OAuth, you must create a connected app that defines your application’s OAuth settings for the Salesforce
organization.
When you develop an external application that needs to authenticate with Salesforce, you need to define it as a new connected app
within the Salesforce organization that informs Salesforce of this new authentication entry point.
Use the following steps to create a new connected app.
1. Use Salesforce to create a new connected app.
• In Lightning Experience, use the App Manager to create connected apps. From Setup, enter App in the Quick Find box, then
select App Manager. Click New Connected App.
• In Salesforce Classic, from Setup, enter Apps in the Quick Find box, then select Apps (under Build > Create). Under Connected
Apps, click New.
2. Enter the name of your application.

3. Enter the contact email information, as well as any other information appropriate for your application.
4. Select Enable OAuth Settings.
5. Enter a Callback URL. Depending on which OAuth flow you use, this is typically the URL that a user’s browser is redirected to
after successful authentication. As this URL is used for some OAuth flows to pass an access token, the URL must use secure HTTP
(HTTPS) or a custom URI scheme. Separate multiple callback URLs with line breaks.
The callback URL field has a limit of 2000 characters, cumulatively. If you enter several URLs and they exceed this limit, configure
another connected app to manage more callback URLs.
6. Add all supported OAuth scopes to Selected OAuth Scopes. These scopes refer to permissions given by the user running the
connected app.
7. Enter a URL for Info URL. This is where the user can go for more information about your application.
8. Click Save. The Consumer Key is created and displayed, and the Consumer Secret is created (click the link to reveal it).
Once you define a connected app, you use the consumer key and consumer secret to authenticate your application. See Creating a
Connected App in the Salesforce online help for specific steps to create a connected app for the type of authentication you need.
Understanding OAuth Endpoints

OAuth endpoints are the URLs you use to make OAuth authentication requests to Salesforce.
You need to use the correct Salesforce OAuth endpoint when issuing authentication requests in your application. The primary OAuth
endpoints are:
• For authorization: https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/authorize
• For token requests: https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/token
• For revoking OAuth tokens: https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/revoke
All endpoints require secure HTTP (HTTPS). Each OAuth flow defines which endpoints you need to use and what request data you need
to provide.
6
Introducing Lightning Platform REST API How Are Apps Authenticated with the Web Server OAuth
Authentication Flow?
If you’re verifying authentication on a sandbox organization, use “test.salesforce.com” instead of “login.salesforce.com” in all the OAuth
endpoints listed above.
How Are Apps Authenticated with the Web Server OAuth Authentication
Flow?
Apps that are hosted on a secure server use the web server authentication flow. A critical aspect of the web server flow is that the server
must be able to protect the consumer secret. You can use code challenges and verifier values in the flow to prevent authorization code
interception.
In this flow, the client application requests the authorization server to redirect the user to another web server or resource. The web server
or resource authorizes the user, and sends the application an authorization code. The application uses the authorization code to request
an access token. The following shows the steps for this flow.
1. The application redirects the user to the appropriate Salesforce authorization endpoint, such as
https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/authorize. The following parameters are required:
Parameter Description
response_type Must be code for this authentication flow.
7
client_id The Consumer Key from the connected app definition.
redirect_uri The Callback URL from the connected app definition.
The following parameters are optional:
code_challenge Specifies the SHA256 hash value of the code_verifier
value in the token request to help prevent authorization code
interception attacks. The hash value must be base64url encoded
as defined here:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4648#section-5.
• If the code_challenge value is provided in the
authorization request and a code_verifier value is
provided in the token request, Salesforce compares the
code_challenge to the code_verifier. If the
code_challenge is invalid or doesn’t match, the login
fails with the invalid_request error code.
• If the code_challenge value is provided in the
authorization request, but a code_verifier value is
not provided in the token request, the login fails with the
invalid_grant error code.
Note: Encode this value with a base64urlonly once.
display Changes the login page’s display type. Valid values are:
• page—Full-page authorization screen. This value is the
default if none is specified.
• popup—Compact dialog optimized for modern web
browser popup windows.
• touch—Mobile-optimized dialog designed for modern
mobile devices such as Android and iPhone.
• mobile—Mobile optimized dialog designed for mobile
devices such as BlackBerry OS 5 that don’t support touch
screens.
immediate Determines whether the user is prompted for login and approval.
Values are either true or false. Default is false.
• If set to true, and if the user is currently logged in and has
previously approved the application, the approval step is
skipped.
• If set to true and the user is not logged in or has not
previously approved the application, the session is
8
immediately terminated with the
immediate_unsuccessful error code.
login_hint Provides a valid username value to pre-populate the login page

with the username. For
example:[email protected]. If a
user already has an active session in the browser, then the
login_hint parameter does nothing; the active user session
continues.
nonce Specifies a value to be returned in the response; this parameter

is useful for detecting "replay" attacks. Optional with the openid
scope for getting a user ID token.
prompt Specifies how the authorization server prompts the user for
reauthentication and reapproval. This parameter is optional. The
only values Salesforce supports are:
• login—The authorization server must prompt the user for
reauthentication, forcing the user to log in again.
• consent—The authorization server must prompt the user
for reapproval before returning information to the client.
It is valid to pass both values, separated by a space, to require
the user to both log in and reauthorize. For example:
?prompt=login%20consent
scope Specifies what data your application can access. See “Scope
Parameter Values” in Salesforce Help for more information.
state Specifies any additional URL-encoded state data to be returned

in the callback URL after approval.
This example shows an authorization URL:

https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/authorize?response_type=code
&client_id=3MVG9lKcPoNINVBIPJjdw1J9LLM82HnFVVX19KY1uA5mu0QqEWhqKpoW3svG3X
HrXDiCQjK1mdgAvhCscA9GE&redirect_uri=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.mysite.com%2F
code_callback.jsp&state=mystate
2. The user logs into Salesforce with their credentials. The user is interacting with the authorization endpoint directly, so the application
never sees the user’s credentials. After successfully logging in, the user is asked to authorize the application. If the user has already
authorized the application, this step is skipped.
3. After Salesforce confirms that the client application is authorized, the end user’s web browser is redirected to the callback URL
specified by the redirect_uri parameter. Salesforce appends authorization information to the redirect URL with the following
values:
9
Parameters Description
code Authorization code the consumer must use to obtain the access
and refresh tokens. The authorization code expires after 15
minutes.
state The state value that was passed in as part of the initial request,
if applicable.
This example shows a callback URL with authorization information:

https://www.mysite.com/authcode_callback?code=aWekysIEeqM9PiT
hEfm0Cnr6MoLIfwWyRJcqOqHdF8f9INokharAS09ia7UNP6RiVScerfhc4w%3D%3D
4. The application extracts the authorization code and passes it in a request to Salesforce for an access token. This request is a POST
request sent to the appropriate Salesforce token request endpoint, such as
https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/token. The following parameters are required:
grant_type Value must be authorization_code for this flow.
client_secret The Consumer Secret from the connected app definition.

Required unless the Require Secret for Web
Server Flow setting is not enabled in the connected app
definition. If a client_secret isn’t required, and the
connected app sends it in the authorization request, Salesforce
attempts to validate it, anyway.
code Authorization code the consumer must use to obtain the access
and refresh tokens. The authorization code expires after 15
minutes.
client_assertion Instead of passing in client_secret you can choose to
provide a client_assertion and
client_assertion_type. If a client_secret
parameter is not provided, Salesforce checks for the
client_assertion and client_assertion_type
automatically. The value of client_assertion must be a
typical JWT bearer token, signed with the private key associated
with the OAuth consumer’s uploaded certificate. Only the RS256
algorithm is supported. For more information on using
10
client_assertion, see the OpenID Connect specifications
for the private_key_jwt client authentication method.
client_assertion_type Provide this value when using the client_assertion

parameter. The value of client_assertion_type must be
urn:ietf:params:oauth:client-assertion-type:jwt-bearer.
code_verifier Specifies 128 bytes of random data with high enough entropy
to make it difficult to guess the value to help prevent
authorization code interception attacks. The value also must be
base64url encoded as defined here:
https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4648#section-5.
• If the code_verifier value is provided in the token
request and a code_challenge value is in the
authorization request, Salesforce compares the
code_verifier to the code_challenge. If the
code_verifier is invalid or doesn’t match, the login
fails with the invalid_grant error code.
• If the code_verifier value is provided in the token
request, but a code_challenge value was not provided
in the authorization request, the login fails with the
invalid_grant error code.
Note: Encode the value with a base64url only once.
format Expected return format. The default is json. Values are:

• urlencoded
• json
• xml
The return format can also be specified in the header of the
request using one of the following:
• Accept:
application/x-www-form-urlencoded
• Accept: application/json
• Accept: application/xml
This example shows an access token POST request that sends the client_id and client_secret in the body.
POST /services/oauth2/token HTTP/1.1
Host: login.salesforce.com
grant_type=authorization_code&code=aPrxsmIEeqM9PiQroGEWx1UiMQd95_5JUZ
VEhsOFhS8EVvbfYBBJli2W5fn3zbo.8hojaNW_1g%3D%3D&client_id=3MVG9lKcPoNI
NVBIPJjdw1J9LLM82HnFVVX19KY1uA5mu0QqEWhqKpoW3svG3XHrXDiCQjK1mdgAvhCs
cA9GE&client_secret=1955279925675241571&
redirect_uri=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.mysite.com%2Fcode_callback.jsp
11
Instead of sending client credentials as parameters in the body of the POST request, Salesforce supports the HTTP Basic authentication
scheme. The scheme requires the client_id and client_secret in the authentication header of the request as follows:
Authorization: Basic64Encode(client_id:secret)
The client_id and client_secret are separated with a colon (:). For more information, see The OAuth 2.0 Authorization
Framework.
This example shows an access token POST request that uses HTTP Basic authentication scheme (rather than sending client credentials
in the POST request’s body).
POST /services/oath2/token HTTP/1.1
Authorization: Basic client_id=3MVG9lKcPoNINVBIPJjdw1J9LLM82HnFVVX19KY1uA5mu0
QqEWhqKpoW3svG3XHrXDiCQjK1mdgAvhCscA9GE&client_secret=1955279925675241571
grant_type=authorization_code&code=aPrxsmIEeqM9PiQroGEWx1UiMQd95_5JUZ
VEhsOFhS8EVvbfYBBJli2W5fn3zbo.8hojaNW_1g%3D%3D&
redirect_uri=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.mysite.com%2Fcode_callback.jsp
Note: If the client_id and client_secret are sent in the POST’s body, the authentication header is ignored.
5. If this request is successful, the server returns a response body that contains the following:
access_token Access token that acts as a session ID that the application uses
for making requests. This token should be protected as though
it were user credentials.
token_type Value is Bearer for all responses that include an access token.
refresh_token Token that can be used in the future to obtain new access tokens.
Warning: This value is a secret. Treat it like the user's

password and use appropriate measures to protect it.
instance_url Identifies the Salesforce instance to which API calls are sent.
id Identity URL that can be used to both identify the user and query
for more information about the user. Can be used in an HTTP
request to get more information about the end user.
issued_at When the signature was created, represented as the number of

seconds since the Unix epoch (00:00:00 UTC on 1 January 1970).
signature Base64-encoded HMAC-SHA256 signature signed with the

client_secret (private key) containing the concatenated
ID and issued_at value. Use the signature to verify that
the identity URL wasn’t modified when the server sent it.
This example shows a JSON response body:

{"id":"https://login.salesforce.com/id/00Dx0000000BV7z/005x00000012Q9P",
"issued_at":"1278448101416",
12
Introducing Lightning Platform REST API Understanding the User-Agent OAuth Authentication Flow
"refresh_token":"5Aep8614iLM.Dq661ePDmPEgaAW9Oh_L3JKkDpB4xReb54_
pZebnUG0h6Sb4KUVDpNtWEofWM39yg==",
"instance_url":"https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/",
"signature":"CMJ4l+CCaPQiKjoOEwEig9H4wqhpuLSk4J2urAe+fVg=",
"access_token":"00Dx0000000BV7z!AR8AQP0jITN80ESEsj5EbaZTFG0R
NBaT1cyWk7TrqoDjoNIWQ2ME_sTZzBjfmOE6zMHq6y8PIW4eWze9JksNEkWUl.Cju7m4"}
6. The application uses the provided access token and refresh token to access protected user data.
Understanding the User-Agent OAuth Authentication Flow

The user-agent authentication flow is used by client apps (consumers) that reside on the user’s device or computer. It’s also used by
client apps running in a browser using a scripting language such as JavaScript. These apps can protect per-user secrets. But, because
the apps are widely distributed, the client secret can’t be confidential.
In this flow, the client application requests the authorization server to redirect the user to another Web server or resource which is capable
of extracting the access token and passing it back to the application. The following shows the steps for this flow.
1. The application redirects the user to the appropriate Salesforce authorization endpoint, such as
https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/authorize. The following parameters are required:
response_type Must be token for this authentication flow
13
Introducing Lightning Platform REST API Understanding the User-Agent OAuth Authentication Flow
display Changes the login page’s display type. Valid values are:
• page—Full-page authorization screen. This value is the
default if none is specified.
• popup—Compact dialog optimized for modern web
browser popup windows.
• touch—Mobile-optimized dialog designed for modern
mobile devices such as Android and iPhone.
• mobile—Mobile optimized dialog designed for mobile
devices such as BlackBerry OS 5 that don’t support touch
screens.
scope Specifies what data your application can access. See “Scope
Parameter Values” in the online help for more information.
state Specifies any additional URL-encoded state data to be returned

in the callback URL after approval.
An example authorization URL might look something like the following:

https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/authorize?response_type=token&
client_id=3MVG9lKcPoNINVBIPJjdw1J9LLJbP_pqwoJYyuisjQhr_LLurNDv7AgQvDTZwCoZuD
ZrXcPCmBv4o.8ds.5iE&redirect_uri=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.mysite.com%2Fuser_callback.jsp&
state=mystate
2. The user logs into Salesforce with their credentials. The user interacts with the authorization endpoint directly, so the application
never sees the user’s credentials.
3. Once authorization is granted, the authorization endpoint redirects the user to the redirect URL. This URL is defined in the remote
access application created for the application. Salesforce appends access token information to the redirect URL with the following
values:
token_type Value is Bearer for all responses that include an access token.
14
Introducing Lightning Platform REST API Understanding the Username-Password OAuth
Authentication Flow
refresh_token Token that can be used in the future to obtain new access tokens.
Warning: This value is a secret. Treat it like the user's

password and use appropriate measures to protect it.
The refresh token is only returned if the redirect URI is
https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/success
or used with a custom protocol that is not HTTPS.
scope A space-separated list of scope values.
state The state value that was passed in as part of the initial request,
if applicable.


An example callback URL with access information appended after the hash sign (#) might look something like:
https://www.mysite.com/user_callback.jsp#access_token=00Dx0000000BV7z%21AR8
AQBM8J_xr9kLqmZIRyQxZgLcM4HVi41aGtW0qW3JCzf5xdTGGGSoVim8FfJkZEqxbjaFbberKGk
8v8AnYrvChG4qJbQo8&refresh_token=5Aep8614iLM.Dq661ePDmPEgaAW9Oh_L3JKkDpB4xR
eb54_pZfVti1dPEk8aimw4Hr9ne7VXXVSIQ%3D%3D&expires_in=7200&state=mystate
4. The application uses the provided access token and refresh token to access protected user data.
Keep the following considerations in mind when using the user-agent OAuth flow:
• Because the access token is encoded into the redirection URI, it might be exposed to the end-user and other applications residing
on the computer or device. If you’re authenticating using JavaScript, call window.location.replace(); to remove the
callback from the browser’s history.
Understanding the Username-Password OAuth Authentication Flow

Use the username-password authentication flow to authenticate when the consumer already has the user’s credentials.
In this flow, the user’s credentials are used by the application to request an access token as shown in the following steps.
Warning: This OAuth authentication flow passes the user’s credentials back and forth. Use this authentication flow only when
necessary. No refresh token is issued.
15
Introducing Lightning Platform REST API Understanding the Username-Password OAuth
Authentication Flow
1. The application uses the user’s username and password to request an access token. This is done via an out-of-band POST request
to the appropriate Salesforce token request endpoint, such as
https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/token. These request fields are required:
grant_type Must be password for this authentication flow.

Required unless the Require Secret for Web
Server Flow setting is not enabled in the connected app
definition.
username End-user’s username.
password End-user’s password.
Note: You must append the user’s security token to their

password A security token is an automatically-generated
key from Salesforce. For example, if a user's password is
mypassword, and their security token is XXXXXXXXXX,
then the value provided for this parmeter must be
mypasswordXXXXXXXXXX. For more information on
16
Introducing Lightning Platform REST API How Does the OAuth Refresh Token Fit Into the Authentication
Flow?
security tokens see “Reset Your Security Token” in the

online help.
An example request body might look something like the following:

grant_type=password&client_id=3MVG9lKcPoNINVBIPJjdw1J9LLM82Hn
FVVX19KY1uA5mu0QqEWhqKpoW3svG3XHrXDiCQjK1mdgAvhCscA9GE&client_secret=
1955279925675241571&username=testuser%40salesforce.com&password=mypassword123456
2. Salesforce verifies the user credentials, and if successful, sends a response to the application with the access token. This response
contains the following values:


An example response body might look something like:

{"id":"https://login.salesforce.com/id/00Dx0000000BV7z/005x00000012Q9P",
"issued_at":"1278448832702","instance_url":"https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/",
"signature":"0CmxinZir53Yex7nE0TD+zMpvIWYGb/bdJh6XfOH6EQ=","access_token":
"00Dx0000000BV7z!AR8AQAxo9UfVkh8AlV0Gomt9Czx9LjHnSSpwBMmbRcgKFmxOtvxjTrKW1
9ye6PE3Ds1eQz3z8jr3W7_VbWmEu4Q8TVGSTHxs"}
3. The application uses the provided access token to access protected user data.
Keep the following considerations in mind when using the username-password OAuth flow:
• Since the user is never redirected to login at Salesforce in this flow, the user can’t directly authorize the application, so no refresh
tokens can be used. If your application requires refresh tokens, you should consider using the Web server or user-agent OAuth flow.
How Does the OAuth Refresh Token Fit Into the Authentication Flow?
Both the web server OAuth authentication flow and user-agent flow provide a refresh token that can be used to get a new access token.
17
Flow?
Access tokens have a limited lifetime specified by the session timeout in Salesforce. If an application uses an expired access token, a
“Session expired or invalid” error is returned. If the application is using the web server or user-agent OAuth authentication flow, a refresh
token is provided during authorization. Use this refresh token to get a new access token.
Refresh Token Request
The client application obtains a new access token by sending a POST request to the token request endpoint with the following request
parameters:
grant_type Value must be refresh_token.
refresh_token The refresh token the client application already received.

Required unless the Require Secret for Web Server
Flow setting is not enabled in the connected app definition. This
parameter is optional.
format Expected return format. The default is json. Values are:

• urlencoded
• json
• xml
The return format can also be specified in the header of the request
using one of the following:
• Accept:
application/x-www-form-urlencoded
• Accept: application/json
• Accept: application/xml
This parameter is optional.
This example shows a refresh token POST request that sends the client_id and client_secret in the body.
POST /services/oauth2/token HTTP/1.1
Host: login.salesforce.com/
grant_type=refresh_token&client_id=3MVG9lKcPoNINVBIPJjdw1J9LLM82HnFVVX19KY1uA5mu0
&refresh_token=your token here
Instead of sending client credentials as parameters in the body of the POST request, Salesforce supports the HTTP Basic authentication
scheme. The scheme requires the client_id and client_secret in the authentication header of the request as follows:
Authorization: Basic64Encode(client_id:secret)
The client_id and client_secret are separated with a colon (:). For more information, see The OAuth 2.0 Authorization
Framework.
18
Flow?
This example shows a refresh token POST request that uses HTTP Basic authentication scheme (rather than sending client credentials in
the POST request’s body).
POST /services/oath2/token HTTP/1.1
Authorization: Basic client_id=3MVG9lKcPoNINVBIPJjdw1J9LLM82HnFVVX19KY1uA5mu0
grant_type=refresh_token&refresh_token=your token here
Note: If the client_id and client_secret are sent in the POST request’s body, the authentication header is ignored.
Salesforce Response
After Salesforce verifies the refresh token request, it sends a response to the application with the following response body parameters:
access_token Access token that acts as a session ID that the application uses for
making requests. This token should be protected as though it were
user credentials.


client_secret (private key) containing the concatenated ID
and issued_at value. Use the signature to verify that the
identity URL wasn’t modified when the server sent it.
This example shows a JSON response body:

{ "id":"https://login.salesforce.com/id/00Dx0000000BV7z/005x00000012Q9P",
"issued_at":"1278448384422","instance_url":"https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/",
"signature":"SSSbLO/gBhmmyNUvN18ODBDFYHzakxOMgqYtu+hDPsc=",
"access_token":"00Dx0000000BV7z!AR8AQP0jITN80ESEsj5EbaZTFG0RNBaT1cyWk7T
rqoDjoNIWQ2ME_sTZzBjfmOE6zMHq6y8PIW4eWze9JksNEkWUl.Cju7m4"}
Considerations
Keep in mind the following considerations when using the refresh token OAuth process:
• The session timeout for an access token can be configured in Salesforce from Setup by entering Session Settings in the
Quick Find box, then selecting Session Settings.
• If the application uses the username-password OAuth authentication flow, no refresh token is issued, as the user cannot authorize
the application in this flow. If the access token expires, the application using username-password OAuth flow must reauthenticate
the user.
19
Introducing Lightning Platform REST API Finding Additional Resources
Finding Additional Resources

The following resources provide additional information about using OAuth with Salesforce:
• Authenticate Apps with OAuth
• Digging Deeper into OAuth 2.0 in Salesforce
• Using OAuth to Authorize External Applications
The following resources are examples of third-party client libraries that implement OAuth that you might find useful:
• For Ruby on Rails: OmniAuth
• For Java: Apache Amber
• Additional OAuth client libraries: OAuth.net
Use CORS to Access Salesforce Resources from Web Browsers

Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) enables web browsers to request resources from origins
EDITIONS
other than their own (cross-origin). For example, using CORS, JavaScript code at
https://www.example.com could request a resource from Available in: Salesforce
https://www.salesforce.com. To access supported Salesforce APIs, Apex REST resources, Classic (not available in all
and Lightning Out from JavaScript code in a web browser, add the origin serving the code to a orgs) and Lightning
Salesforce CORS whitelist. Experience
These Salesforce technologies support CORS. Available in: Developer,
• Analytics REST API Enterprise, Performance,
and Unlimited
• Bulk API
• Chatter REST API
• Salesforce IoT REST API USER PERMISSIONS
• Lightning Out To create, read, update, and
• REST API delete:
• Modify All Data
• User Interface API
• Apex REST
In Salesforce, add the origin serving the code to a CORS whitelist. If a browser that supports CORS makes a request to an origin in the
whitelist, Salesforce returns the origin in the Access-Control-Allow-Origin HTTP header, along with any additional CORS
HTTP headers. If the origin is not included in the whitelist, Salesforce returns HTTP status code 403.
1. From Setup, enter CORS in the Quick Find box, then select CORS.
2. Select New.
3. Enter an origin URL pattern.
The origin URL pattern must include the HTTPS protocol (unless you’re using your localhost) and a domain name and can include
a port. The wildcard character (*) is supported and must be in front of a second-level domain name. For example,
https://*.example.com adds all subdomains of example.com to the whitelist.
The origin URL pattern can be an IP address. However, an IP address and a domain that resolve to the same address are not the same
origin, and you must add them to the CORS whitelist as separate entries.
The origin URL pattern might not match the URL that appears in the address bar in your browser. Make sure that you’re whitelisting
the origin in the request header.
20
Introducing Lightning Platform REST API Use CORS to Access Salesforce Resources from Web
Browsers
Important: CORS does not support requests for unauthenticated resources, including OAuth endpoints. You must pass an OAuth
token with requests that require it.
21
CHAPTER 2 Quick Start
In this chapter ... Create a sample REST application in your development environment to see the power and flexibility of
the REST API.
• Prerequisites
• Step One: Obtain a
Salesforce Developer
Edition Organization
• Step Two: Set Up
Authorization
• Step Three: Send
HTTP Requests with
cURL
• Step Four: Walk
Through the Sample
Code
• Using Workbench
22
Quick Start Prerequisites
Prerequisites
Completing the prerequisites makes it easier to build and use the quick-start sample.
If you’re unfamiliar with cURL and JavaScript Object Notation (JSON), you can also use Workbench to obtain data.
• Install your development platform according to its product documentation.
• Become familiar with cURL, the tool used to execute REST requests in this quick start. If you use another tool, you should be familiar
enough with it to translate the example code.
• Become familiar with JSON which is used in this quick start, or be able to translate samples from JSON to the standard you use.
• Enable an SSL endpoint in your application server.
• Become familiar with OAuth 2.0, which requires some setup. We provide the steps, but it will help if you are familiar with the basic
concepts and workflow.
• Read through all the steps before beginning this quick start. You may also wish to review the rest of this document to familiarize
yourself with terms and concepts.
Step One: Obtain a Salesforce Developer Edition Organization

Set up a Developer Edition organization for testing your code.
If you are not already a member of the Lightning Platform developer community, go to developer.salesforce.com/signup
and follow the instructions for signing up for a Developer Edition organization. Even if you already have Enterprise Edition, Unlimited
Edition, or Performance Edition, use Developer Edition for developing, staging, and testing your solutions against sample data to protect
your organization’s live data. This is especially true for applications that insert, update, or delete data (as opposed to simply reading data).
If you already have a Developer Edition organization, verify that you have the API Enabled permission. This permission is enabled by
default, but may have been changed by an administrator. For more information, see the help in the Salesforce user interface.
Step Two: Set Up Authorization

You can set up authorization using OAuth 2.0 or by passing a session ID.
Important: If you’re handling someone else’s password, don’t use session ID.
Set Up OAuth 2.0

Setting up OAuth 2.0 requires that you take some steps within Salesforce and in other locations. If any of the steps are unfamiliar, see
Understanding Authentication. The following example uses the Web server OAuth flow.
1. Create a connected app if you haven’t already done so.
• In Salesforce Classic, from Setup, enter Apps in the Quick Find box, select Apps (under Build > Create), then click the name
of the connected app.
• In Lightning Experience, from Setup, enter Apps in the Quick Find box, select App Manager, click , and then select Edit.
Click Enable OAuth Settings and specify your callback URL and OAuth scopes. The Callback URL you supply here is the same
as your application’s callback URL. Usually it is a servlet if you work with Java. It must be secure: http:// does not work, only
https://. For development environments, the callback URL is similar to
https://localhost:8443/RestTest/oauth/_callback. When you click Save, the Consumer Key is created
and displayed, and a Consumer Secret is created (click the link to reveal it).
23
Quick Start Step Two: Set Up Authorization
Note: The OAuth 2.0 specification uses “client” instead of “consumer.” Salesforce supports OAuth 2.0.
The values here correspond to the following values in the sample code in the rest of this procedure:
• client_id is the Consumer Key
• client_secret is the Consumer Secret
• redirect_uri is the Callback URL.
In your client application, redirect the user to the appropriate Salesforce authorization endpoint. On successful user login, Salesforce
calls your redirect URI with an authorization code. You use the authorization code in the next step to get the access token. The
authorization code expires after 15 minutes.
2. From your Java or other client application, make a request to the appropriate Salesforce token request endpoint that passes in
grant_type, client_id, client_secret, and redirect_uri. The redirect_uri is the URI that Salesforce
sends a callback to.
initParams = {
@WebInitParam(name = "clientId", value =
"3MVG9lKcPoNINVBJSoQsNCD.HHDdbugPsNXwwyFbgb47KWa_PTv"),
@WebInitParam(name = "clientSecret", value = "5678471853609579508"),
@WebInitParam(name = "redirectUri", value =
"https://localhost:8443/RestTest/oauth/_callback"),
@WebInitParam(name = "environment", value =
"https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/token") }
HttpClient httpclient = new HttpClient();

PostMethod post = new PostMethod(environment);
post.addParameter("code",code);
post.addParameter("grant_type","authorization_code");
/** For session ID instead of OAuth 2.0, use "grant_type", "password" **/
post.addParameter("client_id",clientId);
post.addParameter("client_secret",clientSecret);
post.addParameter("redirect_uri",redirectUri);
If the value of client_id (or consumer key) and client_secret (or consumer secret) are valid, Salesforce
sends a callback to the URI specified in redirect_uri that contains a value for access_token.
3. Store the access token value as a cookie to use in all subsequent requests. For example:
//exception handling removed for brevity...
//this is the post from step 2
httpclient.executeMethod(post);
String responseBody = post.getResponseBodyAsString();
String accessToken = null;

JSONObject json = null;
try {
json = new JSONObject(responseBody);
accessToken = json.getString("access_token");
issuedAt = json.getString("issued_at");
/** Use this to validate session
* instead of expiring on browser close.
*/
24
Quick Start Step Two: Set Up Authorization
} catch (JSONException e) {
e.printStackTrace();
}
HttpServletResponse httpResponse = (HttpServletResponse)response;

Cookie session = new Cookie(ACCESS_TOKEN, accessToken);
session.setMaxAge(-1); //cookie not persistent, destroyed on browser exit
httpResponse.addCookie(session);
This step completes the authentication.
4. Once authenticated, every request must pass in the access_token value in the header. It cannot be passed as a request
parameter.
HttpClient httpclient = new HttpClient();
GetMethod gm = new GetMethod(serviceUrl);
//set the token in the header

gm.setRequestHeader("Authorization", "Bearer "+accessToken);
//set the SOQL as a query param
NameValuePair[] params = new NameValuePair[1];
/**
* other option instead of query string, pass just the fields you want back:
* https://instance_name.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/
* 001D000000INjVe?fields=AccountNumber,BillingPostalCode
*/
params[0] = new NameValuePair("q","SELECT name, title FROM Contact LIMIT 100");
gm.setQueryString(params);
httpclient.executeMethod(gm);
String responseBody = gm.getResponseBodyAsString();
//exception handling removed for brevity
JSONObject json = new JSONObject(responseBody);
JSONArray results = json.getJSONArray("records");
for(int i = 0; i < results.length(); i++)

response.getWriter().write(results.getJSONObject(i).getString("Name")+ ",
"+results.getJSONObject(i).getString("Title")+"\n");
The syntax to provide the access token in your REST requests:
Authorization: Bearer access_token
For example:
curl https://instance_name.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/ -H 'Authorization: Bearer

access_token'
Session ID Authorization
You can use a session ID instead of an OAuth 2.0 access token if you aren’t handling someone else’s password:
25
Quick Start Step Three: Send HTTP Requests with cURL
1. Obtain a session ID, for example, a SOAP API login() call returns the session ID. You can also have the session ID, for example
as part of the Apex current context. If you need a session ID just for testing purposes during development, use the username-password
OAuth flow in a cURL command similar to the following:
curl https://login.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/token -d "grant_type=password" -d
"client_id=myclientid" -d "client_secret=myclientsecret"
-d "[email protected]" -d "password=mypassword123456"
You must provide your client id, client secret, username, and password with user security token appended.
2. Use the session ID when you send a request to the resource. Substitute the ID for the token value. The syntax is the same:
Authorization: Bearer access_token
For example:
curl https://instance_name.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/ -H 'Authorization: Bearer

access_token'
Step Three: Send HTTP Requests with cURL

To interact with the Lightning Platform REST API, you need to set up your client application (we use cURL) to construct HTTP requests.
Setting Up Your Client Application

The REST API uses HTTP GET and HTTP POST methods to send and receive JSON and XML content, so it is very simple to build client
applications using the tool or the language of your choice. We use a command-line tool called cURL to simplify sending and receiving
HTTP requests and responses.
cURL is pre-installed on many Linux and Mac systems. Windows users can download a version at curl.haxx.se/. When using
HTTPS on Windows, ensure that your system meets the cURL requirements for SSL.
Sending HTTP Requests Using REST API Resources

Your HTTP requests to a REST API resource should contain the following information:
• An HTTP method (HEAD, GET, POST, PATCH, or DELETE).
• An OAuth 2.0 access token used to authenticate the request. For information on how to retrieve the token, see Quick Start on page
22.
• An HTTP ACCEPT header used to indicate the resource format (XML or JSON), or a .json or .xml extension to the URI. The default
is JSON.
• The Lightning Platform REST resource.
• Any JSON or XML files containing information needed for requests, such as updating a record with new information.
The HTTP methods are used to indicate the desired action, such as retrieving information, as well as creating, updating, and deleting
records.
• HEAD is used to retrieve resource metadata.
• GET is used to retrieve information, such as basic resource summary information.
• POST is used to create a new object.
• PATCH is used to update a record.
26
Quick Start Step Four: Walk Through the Sample Code
• DELETE is used to delete a record.

To access a resource, submit an HTTP request containing a header, method, and resource name.
For example, assume you want to create an Account record using a JSON-formatted file called newaccount.json. It contains the
information to be stored in the new account:
{
"Name" : "test"
}
Using cURL on your instance, the request would appear as follows:
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/ -H
"Authorization: Bearer token -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d "@newaccount.json"
The request HTTP header:

POST /services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account HTTP/1.1
User-Agent: curl/7.19.7 (universal-apple-darwin10.0) libcurl/7.19.7 OpenSSL/0.9.8l zlib/1.2.3
Host: yourInstance.salesforce.com
Accept: */*
Content-Length: 1411
Content-Type: application/json
Authorization: Bearer XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
X-PrettyPrint:1
The response:
Date: Thu, 21 Oct 2010 22:16:22 GMT
Content-Length: 71
Location: /services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/001T000000NU96UIAT
Content-Type: application/json; charset=UTF-8 Server:
{ "id" : "001T000000NU96UIAT",
"errors" : [ ],
"success" : true }
For a list of the resources and their corresponding URIs, see Reference on page 103.
SEE ALSO:
Using cURL in the REST Examples
Step Four: Walk Through the Sample Code

In this section you will create a series of REST requests. cURL will be used to construct the requests, and JSON will be used as the format
for all requests and responses.
In each request, a base URI will be used in conjunction with the REST resource. The base URI for these examples is
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data. For more information, see Lightning Platform REST
Resources on page 2.
In this example, a series of REST requests will be used in the following scenario:
1. Get the Salesforce version.
2. Use the Salesforce version to get a list of the resources available.
27
3. Use one of the resources to get a list of the available objects.

4. Select one of the objects and get a description of its metadata.
5. Get a list of fields on that same object.
6. Execute a SOQL query to retrieve values from all name fields on Account records.
7. Update the Billing City for one of the Account objects.
Get the Salesforce Version

Begin by retrieving information about each available Salesforce version. To do this, submit a request for the Versions resource. In this
case the request does not require authentication:
The output from this request, including the response header:

Content-Length: 88
Content-Type: application/json;
charset=UTF-8 Server:
[
{
"version":"20.0",
"url":"/services/data/v20.0",
"label":"Winter '11"
}
...
]
The output specifies the resources available for all valid versions (your result may include more than one value). Next, use one of these
versions to discover the resources it contains.
Get a List of Resources

The next step is to retrieve a list of the resources available for Salesforce, in this example for version 20.0. To do this, submit a request for
the Resources by Version:
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/ -H "Authorization: Bearer

access_token" -H "X-PrettyPrint:1"
The output from this request is as follows:

{
"sobjects" : "/services/data/v20.0/sobjects",
"search" : "/services/data/v20.0/search",
"query" : "/services/data/v20.0/query",
"recent" : "/services/data/v20.0/recent"
}
From this output you can see that sobjects is one of the available resources in Salesforce version 20.0. You will be able to use this
resource in the next request to retrieve the available objects.
28
Get a List of Available Objects

Now that you have the list of available resources, you can request a list of the available objects. To do this, submit a request for the
Describe Global:
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/ -H "Authorization:

Bearer access_token" -H "X-PrettyPrint:1"

Transfer-Encoding: chunked
Content-Type: application/json;
charset=UTF-8 Server:
{
"encoding" : "UTF-8",
"maxBatchSize" : 200,
"sobjects" : [ {
"name" : "Account",
"label" : "Account",
"custom" : false,
"keyPrefix" : "001",
"updateable" : true,
"searchable" : true,
"labelPlural" : "Accounts",
"layoutable" : true,
"activateable" : false,
"urls" : { "sobject" : "/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account",
"describe" : "/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/describe",
"rowTemplate" : "/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/{ID}" },
"createable" : true,
"customSetting" : false,
"deletable" : true,
"deprecatedAndHidden" : false,
"feedEnabled" : false,
"mergeable" : true,
"queryable" : true,
"replicateable" : true,
"retrieveable" : true,
"undeletable" : true,
"triggerable" : true },
},
...
From this output you can see that the Account object is available. You will be able to get more information about the Account object
in the next steps.
Get Basic Object Information

Now that you have identified the Account object as an available resource, you can retrieve some basic information about its metadata.
To do this, submit a request for the SObject Basic Information:
"Authorization: Bearer access_token" -H "X-PrettyPrint:1"
29

{
"objectDescribe" :
{
"name" : "Account",
...
"triggerable" : true
},
"recentItems" :
[
{
"attributes" :
{
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/001D000000INjVeIAL"
},
"Id" : "001D000000INjVeIAL",
"Name" : "asdasdasd"
},
...
]
}
From this output you can see some basic attributes of the Account object, such as its name and label, as well as a list of the most recently
used Accounts. Since you may need more information about its fields, such as length and default values, in the next step you will retrieve
more detailed information about the Account object.
Get a List of Fields

Now that you have some basic information about the Account object's metadata, you may be interested in retrieving more detailed
information. To do this, submit a request for the SObject Describe:
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/describe/
-H "Authorization: Bearer access_token" -H "X-PrettyPrint:1"

{
"name" : "Account",
"fields" :
[
{
"length" : 18,
"name" : "Id",
30
"type" : "id",
"defaultValue" : { "value" : null },
"updateable" : false,
"label" : "Account ID",
...
},
...
],
...
"urls" :
{
"uiEditTemplate" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/{ID}/e",
"sobject" : "/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account",
"uiDetailTemplate" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/{ID}",
"rowTemplate" : "/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/{ID}",
"uiNewRecord" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/001/e"
},
"childRelationships" :
[
{
"field" : "ParentId",
...
},
...
],
...
}
From this output you can see much more detailed information about the Account object, such as its field attributes and child relationships.
Now you have enough information to construct useful queries and updates for the Account objects in your organization, which you will
do in the next steps.
Execute a SOQL Query

Now that you know the field names on the Account object, you can execute a SOQL query, for example, to retrieve a list of all the Account
name values. To do this, submit a Query request:
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/query?q=SELECT+name+from+Account
-H "Authorization: Bearer access_token" -H "X-PrettyPrint:1"

{
"done" : true,
"totalSize" : 14,
"records" :
31
[
{
"attributes" :
{
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/001D000000IRFmaIAH"
},
"Name" : "Test 1"
},
{
"attributes" :
{
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/001D000000IomazIAB"
},
"Name" : "Test 2"
},
...
]
}
From this output you have a listing of the available Account names, and each name's preceding attributes include the Account IDs. In
the next step you will use this information to update one of the accounts.
Note: You can find more information about SOQL in the Salesforce SOQL and SOSL Reference Guide.
Update a Field on a Record

Now that you have the Account names and IDs, you can retrieve one of the accounts and update its Billing City. To do this, you will need
to submit an SObject Rows request. To update the object, supply the new information about the Billing City. Create a text file called
patchaccount.json containing the following information:
{
"BillingCity" : "Fremont"
}
Specify this JSON file in the REST request. The cURL notation requires the —d option when specifying data. For more information, see
http://curl.haxx.se/docs/manpage.html.
Also, specify the PATCH method, which is used for updating a REST resource. The following cURL command retrieves the specified
Account object using its ID field, and updates its Billing City.
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/001D000000IroHJ
-H "Authorization: Bearer access_token" -H "X-PrettyPrint:1" -H "Content-Type:
application/json" --data-binary @patchaccount.json -X PATCH
No response body is returned, just the headers:

HTTP/1.1 204 No Content
Server:
Content-Length: 0
Refresh the page on the account and you will see that the Billing Address has changed to Fremont.
32
Quick Start Using Workbench
Other Resources
• Search for Ruby on developer.salesforce.com
• Lightning Platform Cookbook recipe for getting started in Ruby
• Lightning Platform REST API Board
Using Workbench
Use the Workbench tool to obtain data about your organization.
If you don’t want to use CURL, you can use the Workbench REST explorer to obtain response data.
1. Log in to your organization.
2. Open a new browser tab and navigate to https://developer.salesforce.com/page/Workbench.
3. Log in to Workbench and allow access to your organization. Workbench is a public site and won’t retain your data.
4. Click Utilities > REST Explorer.
5. Ensure that Get is selected. The Execute text box is prepopulated with a portion of a resource path. Add the remaining information
for your resource. For example, if your cURL syntax is
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/EventLogFile/describe
-H "Authorization: Bearer token"
type
/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/EventLogFile/describe.
6. Click Execute.
7. Click Expand All or Show Raw Response to view your data.
Tip: If you receive a “Service not found” message, verify your resource path.
33
CHAPTER 3 Examples
In this chapter ... This section provides examples of using REST API resources to do a variety of different tasks, including
working with objects, organization information, and queries.
• Getting Information
About My
For complete reference information on REST API resources, see Reference on page 103.
Organization
• Working with Object
Metadata
• Working with
Records
• Delete Lightning
Experience Event
Series
• Working with
Searches and
Queries
• Insert or Update Blob
Data
• Working with
Recently Viewed
Information
• Managing User
Passwords
• Working with
Approval Processes
and Process Rules
• Using Event
Monitoring
• Using Composite
Resources
34
Examples Getting Information About My Organization
Getting Information About My Organization

The examples in this section use REST API resources to retrieve organization-level information, such as a list of all objects available in
your organization.
IN THIS SECTION:
List Available REST API Versions
Use the Versions resource to list summary information about each REST API version currently available, including the version, label,
and a link to each version's root. You do not need authentication to retrieve the list of versions.
List Organization Limits
Use the Limits resource to list limits information for your org.
List Available REST Resources
Use the Resources by Version resource to list the resources available for the specified API version. This provides the name and URI
of each additional resource.
Get a List of Objects
Use the Describe Global resource to list the objects available in your org and available to the logged-in user. This resource also returns
the org encoding, as well as maximum batch size permitted in queries.
Get an Image from a Rich Text Area Field
Use the SObject Rich Text Image Retrieve to retrieve an image that has been uploaded to a rich text area field.
Get a List of Objects If Metadata Has Changed
Use the Describe Global resource and the If-Modified-Since HTTP header to determine if an object’s metadata has changed.
List Available REST API Versions

Use the Versions resource to list summary information about each REST API version currently available, including the version, label, and
a link to each version's root. You do not need authentication to retrieve the list of versions.
Example usage
Example request body

none required
Example JSON response body
[
{
"version" : "20.0",
"label" : "Winter '11",
"url" : "/services/data/v20.0"
},
{
"version" : "21.0",
"label" : "Spring '11",
},
...
{
35
Examples List Organization Limits
"version" : "26.0",
"label" : "Winter '13",
}
]
Example XML response body

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<Versions>
<Version>
<label>Winter '11</label>
<url>/services/data/v20.0</url>
<version>20.0</version>
</Version>
<Version>
<label>Spring '11</label>
</Version>
...
<Version>
<label>Winter '13</label>
</Version>
</Versions>
List Organization Limits

Use the Limits resource to list limits information for your org.
• Max is the limit total for the org.
• Remaining is the total number of calls or events left for the org.
Example usage
curl https://instance.salesforce.com/services/data/v45.0/limits/ -H "Authorization:

Bearer token "X-PrettyPrint:1"

none required
Example response body
{
"ConcurrentAsyncGetReportInstances" : {
"Max" : 200,
"Remaining" : 200
},
"ConcurrentSyncReportRuns" : {
"Max" : 20,
"Remaining" : 20
},
"DailyApiRequests" : {
36
Examples List Organization Limits
"Max" : 15000,
"Remaining" : 14998
},
"DailyAsyncApexExecutions" : {
"Max" : 250000,
"Remaining" : 250000
},
"DailyBulkApiRequests" : {
"Max" : 5000,
"Remaining" : 5000
},
"DailyDurableGenericStreamingApiEvents" : {
"Max" : 10000,
"Remaining" : 10000
},
"DailyDurableStreamingApiEvents" : {
"Max" : 10000,
"Remaining" : 10000
},
"DailyGenericStreamingApiEvents" : {
"Max" : 10000,
"Remaining" : 10000
},
"DailyStandardVolumePlatformEvents" : {
"Max" : 10000,
"Remaining" : 10000
},
"DailyStreamingApiEvents" : {
"Max" : 10000,
"Remaining" : 10000
},
"DailyWorkflowEmails" : {
"Max" : 390,
"Remaining" : 390
},
"DataStorageMB" : {
"Max" : 5,
"Remaining" : 5
},
"DurableStreamingApiConcurrentClients" : {
"Max" : 20,
"Remaining" : 20
},
"FileStorageMB" : {
"Max" : 20,
"Remaining" : 20
},
"HourlyAsyncReportRuns" : {
"Max" : 1200,
"Remaining" : 1200
},
"HourlyDashboardRefreshes" : {
"Max" : 200,
"Remaining" : 200
37
Examples List Available REST Resources
},
"HourlyDashboardResults" : {
"Max" : 5000,
"Remaining" : 5000
},
"HourlyDashboardStatuses" : {
"Max" : 999999999,
"Remaining" : 999999999
},
"HourlyLongTermIdMapping" : {
"Max" : 100000,
},
"HourlyODataCallout" : {
"Remaining" : 9999,
"Max" : 10000
},
"HourlyShortTermIdMapping" : {
"Max" : 100000,
},
"HourlySyncReportRuns" : {
"Max" : 500,
"Remaining" : 500
},
"HourlyTimeBasedWorkflow" : {
"Max" : 50,
"Remaining" : 50
},
"MassEmail" : {
"Max" : 10,
"Remaining" : 10
},
"MonthlyPlatformEvents" : {
"Max" : 300000,
},
"SingleEmail" : {
"Max" : 15,
"Remaining" : 15
}}
List Available REST Resources

Use the Resources by Version resource to list the resources available for the specified API version. This provides the name and URI of
each additional resource.
Example
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v26.0/ -H "Authorization: Bearer

token"

none required
38
Examples Get a List of Objects

{
"sobjects" : "/services/data/v26.0/sobjects",
"licensing" : "/services/data/v26.0/licensing",
"connect" : "/services/data/v26.0/connect",
"search" : "/services/data/v26.0/search",
"query" : "/services/data/v26.0/query",
"tooling" : "/services/data/v26.0/tooling",
"chatter" : "/services/data/v26.0/chatter",
"recent" : "/services/data/v26.0/recent"
}
Example XML response body

<urls>
<sobjects>/services/data/v26.0/sobjects</sobjects>
<licensing>/services/data/v26.0/licensing</licensing>
<connect>/services/data/v26.0/connect</connect>
<search>/services/data/v26.0/search</search>
<query>/services/data/v26.0/query</query>
<tooling>/services/data/v26.0/tooling</tooling>
<chatter>/services/data/v26.0/chatter</chatter>
<recent>/services/data/v26.0/recent</recent>
</urls>
Get a List of Objects

Use the Describe Global resource to list the objects available in your org and available to the logged-in user. This resource also returns
the org encoding, as well as maximum batch size permitted in queries.
Example usage
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v37.0/sobjects/ -H "Authorization:

Bearer token"

none required
{
"encoding" : "UTF-8",
"maxBatchSize" : 200,
"sobjects" : [ {
"custom" : false,
"deletable" : true,
"feedEnabled" : true,
39
Examples Get an Image from a Rich Text Area Field
"labelPlural" : "Accounts",
"layoutable" : true,
"mergeable" : true,
"mruEnabled" : true,
"name" : "Account",
"queryable" : true,
"searchable" : true,
"urls" : {
"rowTemplate" : "/services/data/v37.0/sobjects/Account/{ID}"
},
},
...
]
}
Get an Image from a Rich Text Area Field

Use the SObject Rich Text Image Retrieve to retrieve an image that has been uploaded to a rich text area field.
The following example retrieves an image that has been uploaded to a rich text area field for a Lead record.
Example for retrieving an image from a rich text field for a Lead record
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v43.0/sobjects/Lead/00Q112222233333/richTextImageFields/customRTA__c/0EMR00000000A8V/body

None required.
Attachment body content is returned in binary form. The response content type is not JSON or XML since the returned data is binary.
Get a List of Objects If Metadata Has Changed

Use the Describe Global resource and the If-Modified-Since HTTP header to determine if an object’s metadata has changed.
You can include the If-Modified-Since header with a date in EEE, dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss z format when you use
the Describe Global resource. If you do, response metadata is returned only if an available object’s metadata has changed since the
provided date. If no metadata has been modified since the provided date, a 304 Not Modified status code is returned with no
response body.
The following example assumes that no changes have been made to objects after March 23, 2015.
Example Describe Global request
/services/data/v34.0/sobjects
40
Examples Working with Object Metadata
Example If-Modified-Since header used with request

If-Modified-Since: Tue, 23 Mar 2015 00:00:00 GMT
No response body returned
Example response status code
HTTP/1.1 304 Not Modified
Date: Wed, 25 Jul 2015 00:05:46 GMT
If changes to an object were made after March 23, 2015, the response body contains metadata for all available objects. For an example,
see Get a List of Objects.
Working with Object Metadata

The examples in this section use REST API resources to retrieve object metadata information. For modifying or creating object metadata
information, see the Metadata API Developer Guide.
IN THIS SECTION:
Retrieve Metadata for an Object
Use the SObject Basic Information resource to retrieve metadata for an object.
Get Field and Other Metadata for an Object
Use the SObject Describe resource to retrieve all the metadata for an object, including information about each field, URLs, and child
relationships.
Get Object Metadata Changes
Use the SObject Describe resource and the If-Modified-Since HTTP header to determine if object metadata has changed.
Retrieve Metadata for an Object

Use the SObject Basic Information resource to retrieve metadata for an object.
Example for retrieving Account metadata
"Authorization: Bearer token"
Example request body for retrieving Account metadata

none required
Example response body for retrieving Account metadata
{
"objectDescribe" :
{
"name" : "Account",
...
41
Examples Get Field and Other Metadata for an Object
},
"recentItems" :
[
{
"attributes" :
{
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/001D000000INjVeIAL"
},
"Id" : "001D000000INjVeIAL",
"Name" : "asdasdasd"
},
...
]
}
To get a complete description of an object, including field names and their metadata, see Get a List of Objects.
Get Field and Other Metadata for an Object

Use the SObject Describe resource to retrieve all the metadata for an object, including information about each field, URLs, and child
relationships.
Example
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/describe/ -H

none required
{
"name" : "Account",
"fields" :
[
{
"length" : 18,
"name" : "Id",
"type" : "id",
"defaultValue" : { "value" : null },
...
},
...
42
Examples Get Object Metadata Changes
],
"custom" : false,
...
"urls" :
{
"uiEditTemplate" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/{ID}/e",
"uiDetailTemplate" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/{ID}",
...
},
"childRelationships" :
[
{
"field" : "ParentId",
...
},
....
],
...
}
Get Object Metadata Changes

Use the SObject Describe resource and the If-Modified-Since HTTP header to determine if object metadata has changed.
You can include the If-Modified-Since header with a date in EEE, dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss z format when you use
the SObject Describe resource. If you do, response metadata will only be returned if the object metadata has changed since the provided
date. If the metadata has not been modified since the provided date, a 304 Not Modified status code is returned, with no response
body.
The following example assumes that no changes, such as new custom fields, have been made to the Merchandise__c object after July
3rd, 2013.
Example SObject Describe request
/services/data/v29.0/sobjects/Merchandise__c/describe
Example If-Modified-Since header used with request
If-Modified-Since: Wed, 3 Jul 2013 19:43:31 GMT
43
Examples Working with Records

No response body returned
Example response status code
HTTP/1.1 304 Not Modified
Date: Fri, 12 Jul 2013 05:03:24 GMT
If there were changes to Merchandise__c made after July 3rd, 2013, the response body would contain the metadata for Merchandise__c.
See Get Field and Other Metadata for an Object for an example.
Working with Records

The examples in this section use REST API resources to create, retrieve, update, and delete records, along with other record-related
operations.
IN THIS SECTION:
Create a Record
Use the SObject Basic Information resource to create new records. You supply the required field values in the request data, and then
use the POST method of the resource. The response body will contain the ID of the created record if the call is successful.
Update a Record
You use the SObject Rows resource to update records. Provide the updated record information in your request data and use the
PATCH method of the resource with a specific record ID to update that record. Records in a single file must be of the same object
type.
Delete a Record
Use the SObject Rows resource to delete records. Specify the record ID and use the DELETE method of the resource to delete a record.
Get Field Values from a Standard Object Record
You use the SObject Rows resource to retrieve field values from a record. Specify the fields you want to retrieve in the fields
parameter and use the GET method of the resource.
Get Field Values from an External Object Record by Using the Salesforce ID
Get Field Values from an External Object Record by Using the External ID Standard Field
Retrieve a Record Using an External ID
You can use the GET method of the SObject Rows by External ID resource to retrieve records with a specific external ID.
Insert or Update (Upsert) a Record Using an External ID
You can use the SObject Rows by External ID resource to create records or update existing records (upsert) based on the value of a
specified external ID field.
Traverse Relationships with Friendly URLs
You can traverse relationship fields in objects by constructing friendly URLs via the SObject Relationship resource. This approach
allows you to directly access records associated with relationships. Using friendly URLs is easier than accessing records by obtaining
object IDs from relationship fields and then inspecting the associated object ID record.
44
Examples Create a Record
Get Attachment Content from a Record

Use the SObject Blob Retrieve resource to retrieve blob data for a given record.
Get a List of Deleted Records Within a Given Timeframe
Use the SObject Get Deleted resource to get a list of deleted records for the specified object. Specify the date and time range within
which the records for the given object were deleted. Deleted records are written to a delete log (that is periodically purged), and
will be filtered out of most operations, such as SObject Rows or Query (although QueryAll will include deleted records in results).
Get a List of Updated Records Within a Given Timeframe
Use the SObject Get Updated resource to get a list of updated (modified or added) records for the specified object. Specify the date
and time range within which the records for the given object were updated.
Create a Record
Use the SObject Basic Information resource to create new records. You supply the required field values in the request data, and then use
the POST method of the resource. The response body will contain the ID of the created record if the call is successful.
The following example creates a new Account record, with the field values provided in newaccount.json.
Example for creating a new Account
"Authorization: Bearer token -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d "@newaccount.json"
Example request body newaccount.json file for creating a new Account

{
"Name" : "Express Logistics and Transport"
}
Example response body after successfully creating a new Account

{
"id" : "001D000000IqhSLIAZ",
"errors" : [ ],
"success" : true
}
Update a Record
You use the SObject Rows resource to update records. Provide the updated record information in your request data and use the PATCH
method of the resource with a specific record ID to update that record. Records in a single file must be of the same object type.
In the following example, the Billing City within an Account is updated. The updated record information is provided in
patchaccount.json.
Example for updating an Account object
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/001D000000INjVe
-H "Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d
@patchaccount.json -X PATCH
45
Examples Update a Record
Example request body patchaccount.json file for updating fields in an Account object
{
"BillingCity" : "San Francisco"
}
Example response body for updating fields in an Account object

none returned
Error response
See Status Codes and Error Responses on page 274.
The following example uses Java and HttpClient to update a record using REST API. Note that there is no PatchMethod in HttpClient, so
PostMethod is overridden to return “PATCH” as its method name. This example assumes the resource URL has been passed in and
contains the object name and record ID.
public static void patch(String url, String sid) throws IOException {
PostMethod m = new PostMethod(url) {
@Override public String getName() { return "PATCH"; }
};
m.setRequestHeader("Authorization", "OAuth " + sid);
Map<String, Object> accUpdate = new HashMap<String, Object>();

accUpdate.put("Name", "Patch test");
ObjectMapper mapper = new ObjectMapper();
m.setRequestEntity(new StringRequestEntity(mapper.writeValueAsString(accUpdate),
"application/json", "UTF-8"));
HttpClient c = new HttpClient();

int sc = c.executeMethod(m);
System.out.println("PATCH call returned a status code of " + sc);
if (sc > 299) {
// deserialize the returned error message
List<ApiError> errors = mapper.readValue(m.getResponseBodyAsStream(), new
TypeReference<List<ApiError>>() {} );
for (ApiError e : errors)
System.out.println(e.errorCode + " " + e.message);
}
}
private static class ApiError {

public String errorCode;
public String message;
public String [] fields;
}
If you use an HTTP library that doesn't allow overriding or setting an arbitrary HTTP method name, you can send a POST request and
provide an override to the HTTP method via the query string parameter _HttpMethod. In the PATCH example, you can replace the
PostMethod line with one that doesn't use override:
PostMethod m = new PostMethod(url + "?_HttpMethod=PATCH");
46
Examples Delete a Record
Delete a Record
Use the SObject Rows resource to delete records. Specify the record ID and use the DELETE method of the resource to delete a record.
Example for deleting an Account record
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/001D000000INjVe
-H "Authorization: Bearer token" -X DELETE

None needed
None returned
Get Field Values from a Standard Object Record

You use the SObject Rows resource to retrieve field values from a record. Specify the fields you want to retrieve in the fields parameter
and use the GET method of the resource.
In the following example, the Account Number and Billing Postal Code are retrieved from an Account.
Example for retrieving values from fields on an Account object
/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/001D000000INjVe
?fields=AccountNumber,BillingPostalCode

None required
{
"AccountNumber" : "CD656092",
"BillingPostalCode" : "27215",
}
Get Field Values from an External Object Record by Using the Salesforce
ID
In the following example, the Country__c custom field is retrieved from an external object that’s associated with a
non-high-data-volume external data source.
Example for retrieving values from fields on the Customer external object
/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Customer__x/x01D0000000002RIAQ?fields=Country__c

None required
47
Examples Get Field Values from an External Object Record by Using the
External ID Standard Field

{
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Customer__x",
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Customer__x/x01D0000000002RIAQ"
},
"Country__c" : "Argentina",
"Id" : "x01D0000000002RIAQ"
}
Get Field Values from an External Object Record by Using the External ID
Standard Field
In the following example, the Country__c custom field is retrieved from an external object. Notice that the id (CACTU) isn’t a
Salesforce ID. Instead, it’s the External ID standard field of the external object.
Example for retrieving values from fields on the Customer external object
/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Customer__x/CACTU?fields=Country__c

None required
{
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Customer__x",
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Customer__x/CACTU"
},
"Country__c" : "Argentina",
"ExternalId" : "CACTU"
}
Retrieve a Record Using an External ID

You can use the GET method of the SObject Rows by External ID resource to retrieve records with a specific external ID.
The following example assumes there is a Merchandise__c custom object with a MerchandiseExtID__c external ID field.
Example usage for retrieving a Merchandise__c record using an external ID
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Merchandise__c/MerchandiseExtID__c/123

none required
48
Examples Insert or Update (Upsert) a Record Using an External ID

{
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Merchandise__c",
"url" : "/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Merchandise__c/a00D0000008oWP8IAM"
},
"Id" : "a00D0000008oWP8IAM",
"OwnerId" : "005D0000001KyEIIA0",
"IsDeleted" : false,
"Name" : "Example Merchandise",
"CreatedDate" : "2012-07-12T17:49:01.000+0000",
"CreatedById" : "005D0000001KyEIIA0",
"LastModifiedDate" : "2012-07-12T17:49:01.000+0000",
"LastModifiedById" : "005D0000001KyEIIA0",
"SystemModstamp" : "2012-07-12T17:49:01.000+0000",
"Description__c" : "Merch with external ID",
"Price__c" : 10.0,
"Total_Inventory__c" : 100.0,
"Distributor__c" : null,
"MerchandiseExtID__c" : 123.0
}
Insert or Update (Upsert) a Record Using an External ID

You can use the SObject Rows by External ID resource to create records or update existing records (upsert) based on the value of a
specified external ID field.
• If the specified value doesn't exist, a new record is created.
• If a record does exist with that value, the field values specified in the request body are updated.
• If the value is not unique, REST API returns a 300 response with the list of matching records.
The following sections show you how to work with the external ID resource to retrieve records by external ID and upsert records.
Upserting New Records

This example uses the PATCH method to insert a new record. It assumes that an external ID field, “customExtIdField__c,” has been added
to Account. It also assumes that an Account record with a customExtIdField value of 11999 does not already exist.
Example for upserting a record that does not yet exist
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/customExtIdField__c/11999
-H "Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d @newrecord.json
-X PATCH
Example JSON request body newrecord.json file

{
"Name" : "California Wheat Corporation",

"Type" : "New Customer"
49
Response
Successful response:
{
"id" : "00190000001pPvHAAU",
"errors" : [ ],
"success" : true
}
HTTP status code 201 is returned if a new record is created.

Error responses
Incorrect external ID field:
{
"message" : "The requested resource does not exist",
"errorCode" : "NOT_FOUND"
}
For more information, see Status Codes and Error Responses on page 274.
Inserting New Records Using Id as the External ID

This example uses the POST method as a special case to insert a record where the Id field is treated as the external ID. Because the
value of Id is null, it’s omitted from the request. This pattern is useful when you’re writing code to upsert multiple records by different
external IDs and you don’t want to request a separate resource. POST using Id is available in API version 37.0 and later.
Example of inserting a record that does not yet exist
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v37.0/sobjects/Account/Id -H
"Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d @newrecord.json
-X POST
Example JSON request body newrecord.json file

{
"Name" : "California Wheat Corporation",

"Type" : "New Customer"
Response
Successful response:
{
"id" : "001D000000Kv3g5IAB",
"success" : true,
"errors" : [ ]
}
HTTP status code 201 is returned if a record is created.
50
Upserting Existing Records

This example uses the PATCH method to update an existing record. It assumes that an external ID field, “customExtIdField__c,” has been
added to Account and an Account record with a customExtIdField value of 11999 exists. The request uses updates.json to specify
the updated field values.
Example of upserting an existing record
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/customExtIdField__c/11999
-H "Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d @updates.json
-X PATCH
Example JSON request body updates.json file

{
JSON example response

HTTP status code 204 is returned if an existing record is updated.
Error responses
If the external ID value isn't unique, an HTTP status code 300 is returned, plus a list of the records that matched the query. For more
information about errors, see Status Codes and Error Responses on page 274.
If the external ID field doesn't exist, an error message and code is returned:
{
}
Upserting Records and Associating with an External ID

If you have an object that references another object using a relationship, you can use REST API to both insert or update a record and
also reference another object using an external ID.
The following example creates a record and associates it with a parent record via external ID. It assumes the following:
• A Merchandise__c custom object that has an external ID field named MerchandiseExtID__c.
• A Line_Item__c custom object that has an external ID field named LineItemExtID__c, and a relationship to Merchandise__c.
• A Merchandise__c record exists that has a MerchandiseExtID__c value of 123.
• A Line_Item__c record with a LineItemExtID__c value of 456 does not exist. This is the record that gets created and associated to
the Merchandise__c record.
Example of upserting a record and referencing a related object
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v25.0/sobjects/Line_Item__c/LineItemExtID__c/456
-H "Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d @new.json -X
PATCH
51
Example JSON request body new.json file

Notice that the related Merchandise__c record is referenced using the Merchandise__c’s external ID field.
{
"Name" : "LineItemCreatedViaExtID",
"Merchandise__r" :
{
"MerchandiseExtID__c" : 123
}
}

HTTP status code 201 is returned on successful create.
{
"id" : "a02D0000006YUHrIAO",
"errors" : [ ],
"success" : true
}
Error responses
If the external ID value isn't unique, an HTTP status code 300 is returned, plus a list of the records that matched the query. For more
information about errors, see Status Codes and Error Responses on page 274.
If the external ID field doesn't exist, an error message and code is returned:
{
}
You can also use this approach to update existing records. For example, if you created the Line_Item__c shown in the example above,
you can try to update the related Merchandise__c using another request.
Example for updating a record
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v25.0/sobjects/Line_Item__c/LineItemExtID__c/456
-H "Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d @updates.json
-X PATCH
Example JSON request body updates.json file

This assumes another Merchandise__c record exists with a MerchandiseExtID__c value of 333.
{
"Merchandise__r" :
{
"MerchandiseExtID__c" : 333
}
}

HTTP status code 204 is returned if an existing record is updated.
If the relationship type is master-detail and the relationship is set to not allow reparenting, and you try to update the parent external ID,
you get an HTTP status code 400 error with an error code of INVALID_FIELD_FOR_INSERT_UPDATE.
52
Examples Traverse Relationships with Friendly URLs
Traverse Relationships with Friendly URLs

You can traverse relationship fields in objects by constructing friendly URLs via the SObject Relationship resource. This approach allows
you to directly access records associated with relationships. Using friendly URLs is easier than accessing records by obtaining object IDs
from relationship fields and then inspecting the associated object ID record.
Relationship names follow certain conventions that depend on the direction (parent to child, or child to parent) of the relationship and
the name of the related object. The conventions are described in Understanding Relationship Names in the SOQL and SOSL Reference.
There are limits to the number of relationship traversals you can make in a single REST API call. These limits are the same as the limits
for SOQL, as described in Understanding Relationship Query Limitations in the SOQL and SOSL Reference. Keep the following limitations
in mind when traversing relationships.
• When specifying child-to-parent relationships, no more than five levels can be traversed. The following traverses two child-to-parent
relationships.
https://instance name.salesforce.com/services/data/v46.0/sobjects/ChildOfChild__c/record
id/Child__r/ParentOfChild__r
• When specifying parent-to-child relationships, no more than one level can be traversed. The following traverses one parent-to-child
relationship.
https://instance name.salesforce.com/services/data/v46.0/sobjects/ParentOfChild__c/record
id/Child__r
Example of traversing a simple relationship

This custom object named Merchandise__c contains a lookup relationship field to a child Distributor__c custom object. The following
example retrieves the Distributor__c record related to a Merchandise__c record.
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/Merchandise__c/a01D000000INjVe/Distributor__r
Example request body for traversing a simple relationship

none required
Example response body for traversing a simple relationship
{
"attributes" :
{
"type" : "Distributor__c",
"url" : "/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/Distributor__c/a03D0000003DUhcIAG"
},
"Id" : "a03D0000003DUhcIAG",
"Name" : "Distributor1",
"CreatedDate" : "2011-12-16T17:43:01.000+0000",
"Location__c" : "San Francisco"
}
53
If no related record is associated with the relationship name, the REST API call fails, because the relationship can’t be traversed. Using
the previous example, if the Distributor__c field in the Merchandise__c record was set to null, the GET call would return a 404 error
response.
You can traverse multiple relationships within the same relationship hierarchy in a single REST API call as long as you don’t exceed the
relationship query limits. If a Line_Item__c custom object is the child in a relationship to a Merchandise__c custom object, and
Merchandise__c also has a child Distributor__c custom object, you can access the Distributor__c record starting from the Line_Item__c
record using something like the following.
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/Line_Item__c/a02D0000006YL7XIAW/Merchandise__r/Distributor__r
Relationship traversal also supports PATCH and DELETE methods for relationships that resolve to a single record. Using the PATCH
method, you can update the related record.
Example of using PATCH to update a relationship record
curl
-H "Authorization: Bearer token" -d @update_info.json -X PATCH
Example JSON request body for updating a relationship record contained in update_info.json
{
"Location__c" : "New York"
}
Example response body for updating relationship record

none returned
Finally, using the DELETE method, you can delete the related record.
Example using DELETE to delete a relationship record
curl
-H "Authorization: Bearer token" -X DELETE
Example request body for deleting a relationship record

none required
Example response body for update relationship record
none returned
Traversing Relationships with Multiple Records

You can traverse relationships with multiple records, and get a response that contains the set of records. For relationships that resolve
to multiple records, only GET methods are supported.
Example traversing a relationship with multiple records
If we have a custom object named Merchandise__c that contains a master—detail relationship field to a Line_Item__c custom
object, the following example retrieves the set of Line_Item__c records related to a Merchandise__c record.
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/Merchandise__c/a01D000000INjVe/Line_Items__r
54
Example request body for traversing a relationship with multiple records

none required
Example response body for traversing a relationship with multiple records
For this example, two Line_Item__c records were retrieved.
{
"done" : true,
"totalSize" : 2,
"records" :
[
{
"attributes" :
{
"type" : "Line_Item__c",
"url" : "/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/Line_Item__c/a02D0000006YL7XIAW"
},
"Id" : "a02D0000006YL7XIAW",
"Name" : "LineItem1",
"CreatedDate" : "2011-12-16T17:44:07.000+0000",
"Unit_Price__c" : 9.75,
"Units_Sold__c" : 10.0,
"Merchandise__c" : "a00D0000008oLnXIAU",
"Invoice_Statement__c" : "a01D000000D85hkIAB"
},
{
"attributes" :
{
"url" : "/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/Line_Item__c/a02D0000006YL7YIAW"
},
"Id" : "a02D0000006YL7YIAW",
"CreatedDate" : "2011-12-16T18:53:59.000+0000",
"Unit_Price__c" : 8.5,
"Units_Sold__c" : 8.0,
"Merchandise__c" : "a00D0000008oLnXIAU",
"Invoice_Statement__c" : "a01D000000D85hkIAB"
}
]
}
55
The serialized structure for the result data is the same format as result data from executing a SOQL query via REST API. See Query on
page 202 for more details on executing SOQL queries via REST API
If no related records are associated with the relationship name, the REST API call returns a 200 response with no record data in the
response body. This result is in contrast to the results when traversing an empty relationship to a single record, which returns a 404 error
response. This behavior is because the single record case resolves to a REST resource that can be used with PATCH or DELETE methods.
In contrast, the multiple record case can only be queried.
If an initial GET request for a relationship with multiple records returns only part of the results, the end of the response contains the field
nextRecordsUrl. For example, you could get a field like the following at the end of your response.
"nextRecordsUrl" : "/services/data/v46.0/query/01gD0000002HU6KIAW-2000"
You can request the next batch of records using the provided URL with your instance and session information, and repeat until all records
have been retrieved. These requests use nextRecordsUrl and don’t include any parameters. The final batch of records doesn’t
have a nextRecordsUrl field.
Example usage for retrieving the remaining results
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v36.0/query/01gD0000002HU6KIAW-2000
Example request body for retrieving the remaining results

none required
Example response body for retrieving the remaining results
{
"done" : true,
"totalSize" : 3200,
"records" : [...]
}
Filtering Result Fields

When retrieving records via relationship traversals, you can optionally specify only a subset of the record fields be returned by using the
fields parameter. Multiple fields are separated by commas. The following example retrieves just the Location__c field from the
Distributor__c record associated with a Merchandise__c record:
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/Merchandise__c/a01D000000INjVe/Distributor__r?fields=Location__c
The JSON response data would look like the following:

{
"attributes" :
{
"url" : "/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/Distributor__c/a03D0000003DUhhIAG"
},
"Location__c" : "Chicago",
}
56
Examples Get Attachment Content from a Record
Similarly, for requests that result in multiple records, you can use a list of fields to specify the fields returned in the record set. For example,
assume you have a relationship that was associated with two Line_Item__c records. You want just the Name and Units_Sold__c fields
from those records. You could use the following call.
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/Merchandise__c/a01D000000INjVe/Distributor__r?fields=Name,Units_Sold__c
The response data would look like the following.

{
"done" : true,
"totalSize" : 2,
"records" :
[
{
"attributes" :
{
"url" : "/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/Line_Item__c/a02D0000006YL7XIAW"
},
"Units_Sold__c" : 10.0
},
{
"attributes" :
{
"url" : "/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/Line_Item__c/a02D0000006YL7YIAW"
},
"Units_Sold__c" : 8.0
}
]
}
If any field listed in the fields parameter set isn’t visible to the active user, the REST API call fails. In the previous example, if the Units_Sold_c
field was hidden from the active user by field-level security, the call would return a 400 error response.
Get Attachment Content from a Record

Use the SObject Blob Retrieve resource to retrieve blob data for a given record.
The following example retrieves the blob data for an Attachment record. The Attachment can be associated with a Case, Campaign, or
other object that allows attachments.
Example for retrieving blob body for an Attachment record
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Attachment/001D000000INjVe/body

none required
57
Examples Get a List of Deleted Records Within a Given Timeframe

Attachment body content is returned in binary form. Note that the response content type will not be JSON or XML since the returned
data is binary.
The following example retrieves the blob data for a Document record.
Example for retrieving blob body for a Document record
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Document/015D0000000NdJOIA0/body

none required
Document body content is returned in binary form. Note that the response content type will not be JSON or XML since the returned
data is binary.
Get a List of Deleted Records Within a Given Timeframe

Use the SObject Get Deleted resource to get a list of deleted records for the specified object. Specify the date and time range within
which the records for the given object were deleted. Deleted records are written to a delete log (that is periodically purged), and will
be filtered out of most operations, such as SObject Rows or Query (although QueryAll will include deleted records in results).
Example usage for getting a list of Merchandise__c records that were deleted between May 5th, 2013 and May 10th, 2013
/services/data/v29.0/sobjects/Merchandise__c/deleted/
?start=2013-05-05T00%3A00%3A00%2B00%3A00&end=2013-05-10T00%3A00%3A00%2B00%3A00

None required
JSON example response body
{
"deletedRecords" :
[
{
"id" : "a00D0000008pQRAIA2",
"deletedDate" : "2013-05-07T22:07:19.000+0000"
}
],
"earliestDateAvailable" : "2013-05-03T15:57:00.000+0000",
"latestDateCovered" : "2013-05-08T21:20:00.000+0000"
}
XML example response body

<Merchandise__c>
<deletedRecords>
<deletedDate>2013-05-07T22:07:19.000Z</deletedDate>
<id>a00D0000008pQRAIA2</id>
</deletedRecords>
<earliestDateAvailable>2013-05-03T15:57:00.000Z</earliestDateAvailable>
58
Examples Get a List of Updated Records Within a Given Timeframe
<latestDateCovered>2013-05-08T21:20:00.000Z</latestDateCovered>
</Merchandise__c>
Get a List of Updated Records Within a Given Timeframe

Use the SObject Get Updated resource to get a list of updated (modified or added) records for the specified object. Specify the date and
time range within which the records for the given object were updated.
Example usage for getting a list of Merchandise__c records that were updated between May 6th, 2013 and May 10th, 2013
/services/data/v29.0/sobjects/Merchandise__c/updated/
?start=2013-05-06T00%3A00%3A00%2B00%3A00&end=2013-05-10T00%3A00%3A00%2B00%3A00

None required
JSON example response body
{
"ids" :
[
"a00D0000008pQR5IAM",
"a00D0000008pQRGIA2",
"a00D0000008pQRFIA2"
],
"latestDateCovered" : "2013-05-08T21:20:00.000+0000"
}
XML example response body

<Merchandise__c>
<ids>a00D0000008pQR5IAM</ids>
<ids>a00D0000008pQRGIA2</ids>
<ids>a00D0000008pQRFIA2</ids>
<latestDateCovered>2013-05-08T21:20:00.000Z</latestDateCovered>
</Merchandise__c>
Delete Lightning Experience Event Series

Use the HTTP DELETE method to remove one or more IsRecurrence2 events in a series. You can remove a single event, all events following
and including a specific event, or an entire event series.
Deleting a Single Event in a Series

Use the SObject Rows on page 114 resource to delete event records. To delete a single occurrence in a series, specify the event ID and
use the DELETE method on page 47 of the resource to delete a record.
Delete from an Event Onwards

To delete all events in a series from a specific occurrence and onwards, specify the event ID and use the DELETE method of the resource
to delete a record. When calling this method, IsRecurrence2 must be true and IsRecurrence2Exclusion must be false.
59
Examples Working with Searches and Queries
Example for deleting from an event onwards
curlhttps://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v45.0/sobjects/Event/00Uxx0000000000/fromThisEventOnwards
-H

None needed
Example response body after successfully deleting events from the series
{
success: We’re deleting the selected events from the series. Wait for all events to be
removed.
}
Delete All Events in a Series

To delete an entire event series, specify the event ID of the first occurrence in the series and use the DELETE method of the resource to
delete a record.
Example for deleting an entire series
curlhttps://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v45.0/sobjects/Event/00Uxx0000000000/fromThisEventOnwards
-H "Authorization: Bearer token -X DELETE

None needed
Example response body after successfully deleting events from the series
{
success: We’re deleting the selected events from the series. Wait for all events to be
removed.
}
Considerations
Delete from an Event Onwards does not support calls from events that:
• Occurred before the original value of Recurrence2PatternStartDate.
• Are defined as child events.
If the event series originated outside of Salesforce and the event ID of the first occurrence is unavailable, you can’t delete all events in a
series. Instead, delete events from a specific occurrence onwards.
Working with Searches and Queries

The examples in this section use REST API resources to search and query records using Salesforce Object Search Language (SOSL) and
Salesforce Object Query Language (SOQL), and other search APIs. For more information on SOSL and SOQL see the SOQL and SOSL
Reference.
60
Examples Execute a SOQL Query
IN THIS SECTION:
Use the Query resource to execute a SOQL query that returns all the results in a single response, or if needed, returns part of the
results and an identifier used to retrieve the remaining results.
Execute a SOQL Query that Includes Deleted Items
Use the QueryAll resource to execute a SOQL query that includes information about records that have been deleted because of a
merge or delete. Use QueryAll rather than Query, because the Query resource will automatically filter out items that have been
deleted.
Get Feedback on Query Performance
Use the Query resource along with the explain parameter to get feedback on how Salesforce executes your query, report, or list
view. Salesforce analyzes each query to find the optimal approach to obtain the query results. Depending on the query and query
filters, Salesforce uses an index or internal optimization. Use the explain parameter to return details on how Salesforce optimizes
your query, without actually running the query. Based on the response, you can decide whether to fine-tune the performance of
your query by making changes like adding filters to make the query more selective.
Search for a String
Use the Search resource to execute a SOSL search or use the Parameterized Search resource to execute a simple RESTful search
without SOSL.
Get the Default Search Scope and Order
Use the Search Scope and Order resource to retrieve the default global search scope and order for the logged-in user, including any
pinned objects in the user’s search results page.
Get Search Result Layouts for Objects
Use the Search Result Layouts resource to retrieve the search result layout configuration for each object specified in the query string.
View Relevant Items
Use the Relevant Items resource to get a list of relevant records.

Use the Query resource to execute a SOQL query that returns all the results in a single response, or if needed, returns part of the results
and an identifier used to retrieve the remaining results.
The following query requests the value from name fields from all Account records.
Example usage for executing a query
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/query/?q=SELECT+name+from+Account
Example request body for executing a query

none required
Example response body for executing a query
{
"done" : true,
"totalSize" : 14,
"records" :
[
{
61
Examples Execute a SOQL Query that Includes Deleted Items
"attributes" :
{
"type" : "Account",
},
"Name" : "Test 1"
},
{
"attributes" :
{
"type" : "Account",
},
"Name" : "Test 2"
},
...
]
}
Retrieving the Remaining SOQL Query Results

If the initial query returns only part of the results, the end of the response will contain a field called nextRecordsUrl. For example,
you might find this attribute at the end of your query:
In such cases, request the next batch of records and repeat until all records have been retrieved. These requests use nextRecordsUrl,
and do not include any parameters.
Example usage for retrieving the remaining query results
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/query/01gD0000002HU6KIAW-2000
Example request body for retrieving the remaining query results

none required
Example response body for retrieving the remaining query results
{
"done" : true,
"totalSize" : 3214,
"records" : [...]
}
Execute a SOQL Query that Includes Deleted Items

Use the QueryAll resource to execute a SOQL query that includes information about records that have been deleted because of a merge
or delete. Use QueryAll rather than Query, because the Query resource will automatically filter out items that have been deleted.
62
Examples Execute a SOQL Query that Includes Deleted Items
The following query requests the value from the Name field from all deleted Merchandise__c records, in an organization that has one
deleted Merchandise__c record. The same query using Query instead of QueryAll would return no records, because Query automatically
filters out any deleted record from the result set.
Example usage for executing a query for deleted Merchandise__c records
/services/data/v29.0/queryAll/?q=SELECT+Name+from+Merchandise__c+WHERE+isDeleted+=+TRUE

none required
{
"done" : true,
"totalSize" : 1,
"records" :
[
{
"attributes" :
{
"url" : "/services/data/v29.0/sobjects/Merchandise__c/a00D0000008pQRAIX2"
},
"Name" : "Merchandise 1"
},
]
}
Retrieving the Remaining SOQL Query Results

If the initial query returns only part of the results, the end of the response will contain a field called nextRecordsUrl. For example,
you might find this attribute at the end of your query:
In such cases, request the next batch of records and repeat until all records have been retrieved. These requests use nextRecordsUrl,
and do not include any parameters.
Note that even though nextRecordsUrl has query in the URL, it will still provide remaining results from the initial QueryAll
request. The remaining results will include deleted records that matched the initial query.
Example usage for retrieving the remaining results
/services/data/v29.0/query/01gD0000002HU6KIAW-2000
Example request body for retrieving the remaining results

none required
Example response body for retrieving the remaining results
{
"done" : true,
"totalSize" : 3214,
"records" : [...]
}
63
Examples Get Feedback on Query Performance
Get Feedback on Query Performance

Use the Query resource along with the explain parameter to get feedback on how Salesforce executes your query, report, or list
view. Salesforce analyzes each query to find the optimal approach to obtain the query results. Depending on the query and query filters,
Salesforce uses an index or internal optimization. Use the explain parameter to return details on how Salesforce optimizes your
query, without actually running the query. Based on the response, you can decide whether to fine-tune the performance of your query
by making changes like adding filters to make the query more selective.
Note: Using explain with the REST API query resource is a beta feature. There is no support associated with this beta feature.
For more information, contact Salesforce.
The response contains one or more query execution plans that, sorted from most optimal to least optimal. The most optimal plan is the
plan that’s used when the query, report, or list view is executed.
See the explain parameter in Query for more details on the fields returned when using explain. See Working with Very Large
SOQL Queries in the Apex Developer Guide for more information on making your queries more selective.
Example:
Example usage for getting performance feedback on a query that uses Merchandise__c
/services/data/v46.0/query/?explain=
SELECT+Name+FROM+Merchandise__c+WHERE+CreatedDate+=+TODAY+AND+Price__c+>+10.0
Example response body for executing a performance feedback query

{
"plans" : [ {
"cardinality" : 1,
"fields" : [ "CreatedDate" ],
"leadingOperationType" : "Index",
"notes" : [ {
"description" : "Not considering filter for optimization because unindexed",
"fields" : [ "IsDeleted" ],
"tableEnumOrId" : "Merchandise__c"
} ],
"relativeCost" : 0.0,
"sobjectCardinality" : 3,
"sobjectType" : "Merchandise__c"
}, {
"cardinality" : 1,
"fields" : [ ],
"leadingOperationType" : "TableScan",
"notes" : [ {
} ],
} ]
}
This response indicates that Salesforce found two possible execution plans for this query. The first plan uses the CreatedDate
index field to improve the performance of this query. The second plan scans all records without using an index. The first plan
64
Examples Search for a String
is used if the query is executed. Both plans note that a secondary optimization used when filtering out records marked as
deleted was not used because the IsDeleted field is not indexed.
Example:
Example usage for getting performance feedback on a report
/services/data/v46.0/query/?explain=00OD0000001hCzMMCU
Example response body for getting performance feedback on a report

{
"plans" : [ {
"cardinality" : 1,
"fields" : [ ],
"leadingOperationType" : "TableScan",
"notes" : [ {
} ],
} ]
}
This response indicates that Salesforce found one possible execution plan for the query behind this report. The plan scans all
records without using an index. It can’t apply a secondary optimization when filtering out records marked as deleted, because
the IsDeleted field is not indexed.
Search for a String

Use the Search resource to execute a SOSL search or use the Parameterized Search resource to execute a simple RESTful search without
SOSL.
Example SOSL Search Using the GET Method

The following example executes a SOSL search for Acme. The search string in this example must be URL-encoded.
Example usage
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v37.0/search/?q=FIND+%7BAcme%7D

None required
{
"searchRecords" : [ {
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v35.0/sobjects/Account/001D000000IqhSLIAZ"
65
},
"Id" : "001D000000IqhSLIAZ",
}, {
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
},
"Id" : "001D000000IomazIAB",
} ]
}
Example Parameterized Search Using the GET Method

The following example executes a parameterized search for Acme. The search string in this example must be URL-encoded.
Example usages
Global search for all results containing Acme
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v37.0/parameterizedSearch/?q=Acme
Account search for results containing Acme, returning the id and name fields
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v37.0/parameterizedSearch/?q=Acme&sobject=Account&Account.fields=id,name&Account.limit=10

None required
{
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
},
"Id" : "001D000000IqhSLIAZ"
}, {
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
},
"Id" : "001D000000IomazIAB"
} ]
}
Example response body with metadata parameter
Note: The metadata parameter is only returned if the request specified metadata=LABELS.
{
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
},
66
"Id" : "001D000000IqhSLIAZ",
}, {
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
},
"Id" : "001D000000IomazIAB",
} ],
"metadata" : {
"entityetadata" : [ {
"entityName" : "Account",
"fieldMetadata" : [ {
"name" : "Name",
"label" : "Account Name"
} ]
} ]
}
}
Example Parameterized Search Using the POST Method

Execute a parameterized search using the POST method to access all search features available.
Example usage
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v36.0/parameterizedSearch
"Authorization: Bearer token-H "Content-Type: application/json” -d "@search.json”

None required
Example JSON file
{
"q":"Smith",
"fields" : ["id", "firstName", "lastName"],
"sobjects":[{"fields":["id", "NumberOfEmployees"],
"name": "Account",
"limit":20},
{"name": "Contact"}],
"in":"ALL",
"overallLimit":100,
"defaultLimit":10
}

{
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Contact",
"url" : "/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/Contact/003xx000004TraiAAC"
},
"Id" : "003xx000004TraiAAC",
67
Examples Get the Default Search Scope and Order
"FirstName" : "Smith",
"LastName" : "Johnson"
}, {
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/Account/001xx000003DHXnAAO"
},
"Id" : "001xx000003DHXnAAO",
"NumberOfEmployees" : 100
} ]
}
Get the Default Search Scope and Order

Use the Search Scope and Order resource to retrieve the default global search scope and order for the logged-in user, including any
pinned objects in the user’s search results page.
In the following example, the default global search scope of the logged-in user consists of the site, idea, case, opportunity, account, and
user objects, in the order in which they are returned in the response body.
Example usage
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v26.0/search/scopeOrder -H

none required
[
{
"type":"Site",
"url":"/services/data/v26.0/sobjects/Site/describe"
},
{
"type":"Idea",
"url":"/services/data/v26.0/sobjects/Idea/describe"
},
{
"type":"Case",
"url":"/services/data/v26.0/sobjects/Case/describe"
},
{
"type":"Opportunity",
"url":"/services/data/v26.0/sobjects/Opportunity/describe"
},
{
"type":"Account",
"url":"/services/data/v26.0/sobjects/Account/describe"
},
{
"type":"User",
"url":"/services/data/v26.0/sobjects/User/describe"
68
Examples Get Search Result Layouts for Objects
}
]

Use the Search Result Layouts resource to retrieve the search result layout configuration for each object specified in the query string.
Example usage
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v28.0/search/layout/?q=Account,Contact,Lead,Asset

None required
[ { "label" : "Search Results",
"limitRows" : 25,
"searchColumns" : [ { "field" : "Account.Name",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Account Name",
"name" : "Name"
},
{ "field" : "Account.Site",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Account Site",
"name" : "Site"
},
{ "field" : "Account.Phone",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Phone",
"name" : "Phone"
},
{ "field" : "User.Alias",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Account Owner Alias",
"name" : "Owner.Alias"
}
]
},
{ "label" : "Search Results",
"limitRows" : 25,
"searchColumns" : [ { "field" : "Contact.Name",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Name",
"name" : "Name"
},
{ "field" : "Account.Name",
"format" : null,
"name" : "Account.Name"
},
69
Examples Get Search Result Layouts for Objects
"format" : null,
"name" : "Account.Site"
},
{ "field" : "Contact.Phone",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Phone",
"name" : "Phone"
},
{ "field" : "Contact.Email",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Email",
"name" : "Email"
},
"format" : null,
"label" : "Contact Owner Alias",
}
]
},
"limitRows" : 25,
"searchColumns" : [ { "field" : "Lead.Name",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Name",
"name" : "Name"
},
{ "field" : "Lead.Title",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Title",
"name" : "Title"
},
{ "field" : "Lead.Phone",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Phone",
"name" : "Phone"
},
{ "field" : "Lead.Company",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Company",
"name" : "Company"
},
{ "field" : "Lead.Email",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Email",
"name" : "Email"
},
{ "field" : "Lead.Status",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Lead Status",
"name" : "toLabel(Status)"
},
{ "field" : "Name.Alias",
70
Examples View Relevant Items
"format" : null,
"label" : "Owner Alias",
}
]
},
]
View Relevant Items

Use the Relevant Items resource to get a list of relevant records.
Example usage for getting a list of the current user’s most relevant records
/vXX.X/sobjects/relevantItems
None required
[ {
"apiName" : "Contact",
"key" : "003",
"label" : "Contacts",
"lastUpdatedId" : "135866748",
"recordIds" : [ "003xx000004TxBA" ]
}, { "apiName" : "Account",
"key" : "001",
"label" : "Accounts",
"recordIds" : [ "001xx000003DWsT" ]
}, {
"apiName" : "User",
"key" : "005",
"label" : "Users",
"lastUpdatedId" : "-199920321",
"recordIds" : [ "005xx000001Svqw", "005xx000001SvwK", "005xx000001SvwA" ]
}, { "apiName" : "Case",
"key" : "069",
"label" : "Cases",
"recordIds" : [ "069xx0000000006", "069xx0000000001", "069xx0000000002" ]
} ]
Example usage for filtering the response to certain objects

/v37.0/sobjects/relevantItems?sobjects=Account,User
None required
[ {
"apiName" : "Account",
"key" : "001",
71
Examples View Relevant Items
}, {
"apiName" : "User",
"key" : "005",
"label" : "Users",
"recordIds" : [ "005xx000001Svqw", "005xx000001SvwK", "005xx000001SvwA" ]
} ]
Example usage for comparing the user’s current list of relevant records to a previous version
/v37.0/sobjects/relevantItems?lastUpdatedId=102959935
None required
Example response header
lastUpdatedId: 102959935
newResultSetSinceLastQuery: true

[ {
"apiName" : "User",
"key" : "003",
"label" : "Users",
"recordIds" : [ "003xx000004TxBA" ]
}, {
"key" : "001",
}, {
"apiName" : "Case",
"key" : "005",
"label" : "Cases",
"recordIds" : [ "005xx000001Svqw", "005xx000001SvwA" ]
} ]
Example usage for comparing the user’s current list of relevant records to a previous version for a particular object
/v37.0/sobjects/relevantItems?mode=MRU&sobjects=Account,Contact&Account.lastUpdatedId=102959935
None required
[ {
"key" : "001",
72
Examples Insert or Update Blob Data
} ]
Insert or Update Blob Data

You can use SObject Basic Information, SObject Rows, or SObject Collections REST resources to insert or update blob data in Salesforce
standard objects. You can upload files of any type, and you must use a multipart message that conforms to the MIME multipart content-type
standard. For more information, see the WC3 Standards. You can insert or update files on any standard object that contains a blob field.
Using the SObject Basic Information or SObject Rows APIs, the maximum file size for uploads is 2 GB for ContentVersion objects and 500
MB for all other eligible standard objects. Using the SObject Collections API, the maximum total size of all files in a single request is 500
MB.
Note: You can insert or update blob data using a non-multipart message, but you are limited to 50 MB of text data or 37.5 MB
of base64–encoded data.
The first part of the request message body contains non-binary field data, such as the Description or Name. The second part of the
message contains the binary data of the file that you’re uploading.
The following sections provide JSON examples of how to insert or update blob data using a multipart content-type.
• Inserting a New Document
• Updating a Document
• Inserting a ContentVersion
• Using SObject Collections to Insert a Collection of Blob Records
• Multipart Message Considerations
Inserting a New Document

This syntax and code creates a new Document. In addition to the binary data of the file itself, this code also specifies other field data
such as the Description, Keywords, and Name.
Tip: After you add a new Document, you can view the results of your changes on the Documents tab.
Example for creating a new Document
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v23.0/sobjects/Document/ -H
"Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data;
boundary=\"boundary_string\"" --data-binary @newdocument.json
Example request body for creating a new Document

This code is the contents of newdocument.json. The binary data for the PDF content has been omitted for brevity and replaced
with “Binary data goes here.” An actual request contains the full binary content.
--boundary_string
Content-Disposition: form-data; name="entity_document";
{
"Description" : "Marketing brochure for Q1 2011",
"Keywords" : "marketing,sales,update",
"FolderId" : "005D0000001GiU7",
"Name" : "Marketing Brochure Q1",
73
"Type" : "pdf"
}
--boundary_string
Content-Type: application/pdf
Content-Disposition: form-data; name="Body"; filename="2011Q1MktgBrochure.pdf"
Binary data goes here.
--boundary_string--
Example response body for creating a new Document

On success, the ID of the new Document is returned.
{
"id" : "015D0000000N3ZZIA0",
"errors" : [ ],
"success" : true
}
Example error response

{
"fields" : [ "FolderId" ],
"message" : "Folder ID: id value of incorrect type: 005D0000001GiU7",
"errorCode" : "MALFORMED_ID"
}
Updating a Document
This syntax and code updates an existing Document. In addition to the binary data of the file itself, this code also updates other field
data, such as the Name and Keywords.
Example usage for updating fields in a Document object
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v23.0/Document/015D0000000N3ZZIA0
-H "Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data;
boundary=\"boundary_string\"" --data-binary @UpdateDocument.json -X PATCH
Example request body for updating fields in a Document object

This code is the contents of the file UpdateDocument.json. The binary data for the PDF content has been omitted for brevity
and replaced with “Updated document binary goes here.” An actual request contains the full binary content.
--boundary_string
Content-Disposition: form-data; name="entity_content";
{
"Name" : "Marketing Brochure Q1 - Sales",
"Keywords" : "sales, marketing, first quarter"
}
--boundary_string
Content-Disposition: form-data; name="Body"; filename="2011Q1MktgBrochure.pdf"
74
Updated document binary data goes here.
--boundary_string--
Example response body for updating fields in a Document object

None returned
Error responses
Inserting a ContentVersion
This syntax and code inserts a new ContentVersion. In addition to the binary data of the file itself, this code also updates other fields,
such as the ReasonForChange and PathOnClient. This message contains the ContentDocumentId because a ContentVersion is always
associated with a ContentDocument.
Tip: The ContentVersion object doesn’t support updates. Therefore, you cannot update a ContentVersion. You can only insert a
new ContentVersion. You can see the results of your changes on the Content tab.
Example usage for inserting a ContentVersion
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v23.0/sobjects/ContentVersion
-H "Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data;
boundary=\"boundary_string\"" --data-binary @NewContentVersion.json
Example request body for inserting a ContentVersion

This code is the contents of the file NewContentVersion.json. The binary data for the PDF content has been omitted for
brevity and replaced with “Binary data goes here.” An actual request contains the full binary content.
--boundary_string
Content-Disposition: form-data; name="entity_content";
{
"ContentDocumentId" : "069D00000000so2",
"ReasonForChange" : "Marketing materials updated",
"PathOnClient" : "Q1 Sales Brochure.pdf"
}
--boundary_string
Content-Type: application/octet-stream
Content-Disposition: form-data; name="VersionData"; filename="Q1 Sales Brochure.pdf"
--boundary_string--
Example response body for inserting a ContentVersion

{
"id" : "068D00000000pgOIAQ",
"errors" : [ ],
"success" : true
}
75
Error responses for inserting a ContentVersion

Using SObject Collections to Insert a Collection of Blob Records

This syntax and code inserts a collection of new Documents. In addition to the binary data of the files themselves, this code also specifies
other field data, such as the Description and Name for each record in the collection.
Tip: After you add new Documents, you can view the results of your changes on the Documents tab.
Attributes
If you’re using sObject Collections with blob data, you must specify certain attribute values in addition to type in the request
body’s attributes map.
binaryPartName Required for blob data. A unique identifier for the binary part.
binaryPartNameAlias Required for blob data. The name of the field in which the binary data is inserted or
updated.
Example for creating new Documents
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v42.0/composite/sobjects/ -H
"Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: multipart/form-data;
boundary=\"boundary_string\"" --data-binary @newdocuments.json
Example request body for creating new Documents

This code is the contents of newdocuments.json. The binary data for the PDF content has been omitted for brevity and replaced
with “Binary data goes here.” An actual request contains the full binary content.
--boundary_string
Content-Disposition: form-data; name="collection"
{
"allOrNone" : false,
"records" :
[
{
"attributes" :
{
"type" : "Document",
"binaryPartName": "binaryPart1",
"binaryPartNameAlias": "Body"
},
"Description" : "Marketing Brochure",
"FolderId" : "005xx000001Svs4AAC",
"Name" : "Brochure",
"Type" : "pdf"
},
{
76
"attributes" :
{
"type" : "Document",
"binaryPartName": "binaryPart2",
"binaryPartNameAlias": "Body"
},
"Description" : "Pricing Overview",
"FolderId" : "005xx000001Svs4AAC",
"Name" : "Pricing",
"Type" : "pdf"
}
]
}
--boundary_string
Content-Disposition: form-data; name="binaryPart1"; filename="Brochure.pdf"
--boundary_string
Content-Disposition: form-data; name="binaryPart2"; filename="Pricing.pdf"
--boundary_string--
Example response body for creating new Documents

On success, the IDs of the new Documents are returned.
[
{
"id": "015xx00000013QjAAI",
"errors": [],
"success": true
},
{
"id": "015xx00000013QkAAI",
"errors": [],
"success": true
}
]
For more information, see SObject Collections.
Multipart Message Considerations

Following are some considerations for the format of a multipart message when you insert or update blob data.
Boundary String
• Separates the various parts of a multipart message.
77
Examples Working with Recently Viewed Information
• Required in a multipart content-type.

• Can be up to 70 characters.
• Cannot be a string value that appears anywhere in any of the message parts.
• The first boundary string must be prefixed by two hyphens (--).
• The last boundary string must be postfixed by two hyphens (--).
Content-Disposition Header
• Required in each message part.
• Must be the value form-data and have a name attribute.
– In the non-binary part of the message, the name attribute can be any value.
– For single documents, in the binary part of the message, use the name attribute to contain the name of the object field
that contains the binary data. In the previous example of adding a new Document, the name of the binary field that contains
the file is Body.
– For documents inserted or updated using sObject Collections, use the name attribute to contain a unique identifier for the
part. This identifier is referenced by the non-binary part of the message.
• The binary part of the message must have a filename attribute that represents the name of the local file.
Content-Type Header
• Required in each message part.
• The content types supported by the non-binary message part are application/json and application/xml.
• The Content-Type header for the binary part of the message can be any value.
New Line
A new line must be between the message part header and the data of the part. As shown in the code examples, a new line must
be between the Content-Type and Content-Disposition headers and the JSON or XML. In the binary part, a new line
must be between the Content-Type and Content-Disposition headers and the binary data.
Working with Recently Viewed Information

The examples in this section use REST API Query and Recently Viewed resources to programmatically retrieve and update recently viewed
record information.
IN THIS SECTION:
View Recently Viewed Records
Use the Recently Viewed Items resource to get a list of recently viewed records.
Mark Records as Recently Viewed
To mark a record as recently viewed using REST API, use the Query resource with a FOR VIEW or FOR REFERENCE clause. Use
SOQL to mark records as recently viewed to ensure that information such as the date and time the record was viewed is correctly
set.
View Recently Viewed Records

Use the Recently Viewed Items resource to get a list of recently viewed records.
78
Examples Mark Records as Recently Viewed
Example usage for getting the last two most recently viewed records
/services/data/v28.0/recent/?limit=2

none required
{
"attributes" :
{
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v28.0/sobjects/Account/a06U000000CelH0IAJ"
},
"Id" : "a06U000000CelH0IAJ",
"Name" : "Acme"
},
{
"attributes" :
{
"type" : "Opportunity",
"url" : "/services/data/v28.0/sobjects/Opportunity/a06U000000CelGvIAJ"
},
"Id" : "a06U000000CelGvIAJ",
"Name" : "Acme - 600 Widgets"
}
Mark Records as Recently Viewed

To mark a record as recently viewed using REST API, use the Query resource with a FOR VIEW or FOR REFERENCE clause. Use
SOQL to mark records as recently viewed to ensure that information such as the date and time the record was viewed is correctly set.
Use FOR VIEW to notify Salesforce when a record is viewed from a custom interface, such as a mobile application or from a custom
page. Use FOR REFERENCE when a record is referenced from a custom interface. A record is referenced every time a related record
is viewed. For more information, see “FOR VIEW” and “FOR REFERENCE” in the SOQL and SOSL Reference.
Example usage for executing a query that marks one Account record as recently viewed
/services/data/v28.0/query/?q=SELECT+Name+FROM+Account+LIMIT+1+FOR+VIEW

none required
{
"done" : true,
"totalSize" : 1,
"records" :
[
{
"attributes" :
{
"type" : "Account",
79
Examples Managing User Passwords
},
"Name" : "Acme"
},
]
}
Managing User Passwords

The examples in this section use REST API resources to manage user passwords, such as setting or resetting passwords.
IN THIS SECTION:
Manage User Passwords
Use the SObject User Password resource to set, reset, or get information about a user password. Use the HTTP GET method to get
password expiration status, the HTTP POST method to set the password, and the HTTP DELETE method to reset the password.
Manage User Passwords

Use the SObject User Password resource to set, reset, or get information about a user password. Use the HTTP GET method to get
password expiration status, the HTTP POST method to set the password, and the HTTP DELETE method to reset the password.
The associated session must have permission to access the given user password information. If the session does not have proper
permissions, an HTTP error 403 response is returned from these methods.
These methods are available for both users and self-service users. For managing self-service user passwords, use SelfServiceUser
instead of User in the REST API URL.
Here is an example of retrieving the current password expiration status for a user:
Example usage for getting current password expiration status
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v25.0/sobjects/User/005D0000001KyEIIA0/password
Example request body for getting current password expiration status

None required
JSON example response body for getting current password expiration status
{
"isExpired" : false
}
XML example response body for getting current password expiration status
<Password>
<isExpired>false</isExpired>
</Password>
Example error response if session has insufficient privileges

{
"message" : "You do not have permission to view this record.",
80
Examples Working with Approval Processes and Process Rules
"errorCode" : "INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS"
}
Here is an example of changing the password for a given user:

Example usage for changing a user password
curl
-H "Authorization: Bearer token" —H "Content-Type: application/json" —d @newpwd.json
—X POST
Contents for file newpwd.json

{
"NewPassword" : "myNewPassword1234"
}
Example response for changing a user password

No response body on successful password change, HTTP status code 204 returned.
Example error response if new password does not meet organization password requirements
{
"message" : "Your password must have a mix of letters and numbers.",
"errorCode" : "INVALID_NEW_PASSWORD"
}
And finally, here is an example of resetting a user password:

Example usage for resetting a user password
curl
-H "Authorization: Bearer token" —X DELETE
Example request body for resetting a user password

None required
JSON example response body for resetting a user password
{
"NewPassword" : "2sv0xHAuM"
}
XML example response body for resetting a user password

<Result>
<NewPassword>2sv0xHAuM</NewPassword>
</Result>
Working with Approval Processes and Process Rules

The examples in this section use REST API resources to work with approval processes and process rules.
81
Examples Get a List of All Approval Processes
IN THIS SECTION:
Get a List of All Approval Processes
Use the Process Approvals resource to get information about approvals.
Submit a Record for Approval
Use the Process Approvals resource to submit a record or a collection of records for approval. Each call takes an array of requests.
Approve a Record
Use the Process Approvals resource to approve a record or a collection of records. Each call takes an array of requests. The current
user must be an assigned approver.
Reject a Record
Use the Process Approvals resource to reject a record or a collection of records. Each call takes an array of requests. The current user
must be an assigned approver.
Bulk Approvals
Use the Process Approvals resource to do bulk approvals. You can specify a collection of different Process Approvals requests to have
them all executed in bulk.
Get a List of Process Rules
Use the Process Rules resource to get information about process rules.
Get a Particular Process Rule
Use the Process Rules resource and specify theSObjectName and workflowRuleId of the rule you want to get the metadata
for.
Trigger Process Rules
Use the Process Rules resource to trigger process rules. All rules associated with the specified ID will be evaluated, regardless of the
evaluation criteria. All IDs must be for records on the same object.
Get a List of All Approval Processes

Use the Process Approvals resource to get information about approvals.
Example usage
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v30.0/process/approvals/ -H

none required
{
"approvals" : {
"Account" : [ {
"description" : null,
"id" : "04aD00000008Py9",
"name" : "Account Approval Process",
"object" : "Account",
"sortOrder" : 1
} ]
}
}
82
Examples Submit a Record for Approval
Submit a Record for Approval

Use the Process Approvals resource to submit a record or a collection of records for approval. Each call takes an array of requests.
Example usage
"Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d @submit.json"
Example request body submit.json file

In the following example, the record "001D000000I8mIm" is submitted for approval process "PTO_Request_Process" by skipping its
entry criteria on behalf of submitter "005D00000015rZy."
{
"requests" : [{
"actionType": "Submit",
"contextId": "001D000000I8mIm",
"nextApproverIds": ["005D00000015rY9"],
"comments":"this is a test",
"contextActorId": "005D00000015rZy",
"processDefinitionNameOrId" : "PTO_Request_Process",
"skipEntryCriteria": "true"}]
}
[ {
"actorIds" : [ "005D00000015rY9IAI" ],
"entityId" : "001D000000I8mImIAJ",
"errors" : null,
"instanceId" : "04gD0000000Cvm5IAC",
"instanceStatus" : "Pending",
"newWorkitemIds" : [ "04iD0000000Cw6SIAS" ],
"success" : true } ]
Approve a Record
Use the Process Approvals resource to approve a record or a collection of records. Each call takes an array of requests. The current user
Example usage
"Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d @approve.json"
Example request body approve.json file

{
"requests" : [{
"actionType" : "Approve",
"contextId" : "04iD0000000Cw6SIAS",
"nextApproverIds" : ["005D00000015rY9"],
"comments" : "this record is approved"}]
}
83
Examples Reject a Record
[ {
"actorIds" : null,
"errors" : null,
"instanceId" : "04gD0000000CvmAIAS",
"instanceStatus" : "Approved",
"newWorkitemIds" : [ ],
"success" : true
} ]
Reject a Record
Use the Process Approvals resource to reject a record or a collection of records. Each call takes an array of requests. The current user
Example usage
"Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d @reject.json"
Example request body reject.json file

{
"requests" : [{
"actionType" : "Reject",
"contextId" : "04iD0000000Cw6cIAC",
"comments" : "This record is rejected."}]
}
[ {
"actorIds" : null,
"errors" : null,
"instanceId" : "04gD0000000CvmFIAS",
"instanceStatus" : "Rejected",
"success" : true
} ]
Bulk Approvals
Use the Process Approvals resource to do bulk approvals. You can specify a collection of different Process Approvals requests to have
them all executed in bulk.
Example usage
"Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d @bulk.json"
84
Examples Get a List of Process Rules
Example request body bulk.json file

{
"requests" :
[{
"actionType" : "Approve",
"contextId" : "04iD0000000Cw6r",
"comments" : "approving an account"
},{
"actionType" : "Submit",
"contextId" : "001D000000JRWBd",
"nextApproverIds" : ["005D00000015rY9"],
"comments" : "submitting an account"
},{
"actionType" : "Submit",
"contextId" : "003D000000QBZ08",
"comments" : "submitting a contact"
}]
}
[ {
"actorIds" : null,
"errors" : null,
"instanceId" : "04gD0000000CvmZIAS",
"success" : true
}, {
"actorIds" : null,
"entityId" : "003D000000QBZ08IAH",
"errors" : null,
"instanceId" : "04gD0000000CvmeIAC",
"success" : true
}, {
"actorIds" : [ "005D00000015rY9IAI" ],
"entityId" : "001D000000JRWBdIAP",
"errors" : null,
"instanceId" : "04gD0000000CvmfIAC",
"instanceStatus" : "Pending",
"newWorkitemIds" : [ "04iD0000000Cw6wIAC" ],
"success" : true
} ]
Get a List of Process Rules

Use the Process Rules resource to get information about process rules.
85
Examples Get a Particular Process Rule
Example usage
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v30.0/process/rules/ -H

none required
{
"rules" : {
"Account" : [ {
"actions" : [ {
"id" : "01VD0000000D2w7",
"name" : "ApprovalProcessTask",
"type" : "Task"
} ],
"id" : "01QD0000000APli",
"name" : "My Rule",
"namespacePrefix" : null,
"object" : "Account"
} ]
}
}
Get a Particular Process Rule

Use the Process Rules resource and specify theSObjectName and workflowRuleId of the rule you want to get the metadata
for.
Example usage
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v30.0/process/rules/Account/01QD0000000APli

none required
{
"actions" : [ {
"id" : "01VD0000000D2w7",
"name" : "ApprovalProcessTask",
"type" : "Task"
} ],
"id" : "01QD0000000APli",
"name" : "My Rule",
"namespacePrefix" : null,
86
Examples Trigger Process Rules
"object" : "Account"
}
Trigger Process Rules

Use the Process Rules resource to trigger process rules. All rules associated with the specified ID will be evaluated, regardless of the
evaluation criteria. All IDs must be for records on the same object.
Example usage
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v30.0/process/rules/ -H
"Authorization: Bearer token" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d @rules.json"
Example request body rules.json file

{
"contextIds" : [
"001D000000JRWBd",
"001D000000I8mIm",
"001D000000I8aaf"]
}
{
"errors" : null,
"success" : true
}
Using Event Monitoring

These examples use REST API event monitoring data that contains information useful for assessing org usage trends and user behavior.
Event monitoring is accessed through the Lightning Platform SOAP API and REST API by way of the EventLogFile object. Therefore, you
can integrate log data with your own back-end storage and data marts to correlate data from multiple orgs and across disparate systems.
Note: For the supported event types that you can use with event monitoring, see Object Reference for Salesforce and Lightning
Platform: EventLogFile Object.
When using event monitoring, keep the following in mind.
• In the unlikely case in which no log files are generated for 24 hours, contact Salesforce Customer Support.
• Log data is read only. You can’t insert, update, or delete log data.
• Use the EventType field to determine which files were generated for your org.
• An event generates log data in real time. However, daily log files are generated during nonpeak hours the day after an event takes
place. Therefore, daily log file data is unavailable for at least one day after an event. For hourly log files, depending on event delivery
and final processing time, an event is expected to take three to six hours from the time of the event to be available in the log file.
However, it can take longer.
• Log files are generated only when at least one event of a type (represented by the EventType field) occurs for the day or hour.
If no events took place, the file isn’t generated.
• Log files are available based on CreatedDate for the last 30 days when orgs purchase Event Monitoring or one day for Developer
Edition orgs.
87
Examples Describe Event Monitoring Using REST
• All event monitoring logs are exposed to the API through the EventLogFile object. However, there is no access through the user
interface, except through the Event Monitoring Analytics app.
• Event Monitoring log files aren’t a system of record for user activity. They are a source of truth, but aren’t durable. During Salesforce
site switches, instance refreshes, or unplanned system outages, data loss can occur. For example, if Salesforce moves your production
org instance, your event log files might have a gap in data. Salesforce makes commercially reasonable efforts to preserve event log
file data integrity and avoid data loss. When Salesforce performs a site switch or instance refresh, it uses an automated process to
replicate event logs.
• Hourly event log files are provided for you to review events in your orgs on an accelerated basis. However, it’s possible that you don’t
get all event log data in hourly event log files, especially during site switches, instance refreshes, or unplanned system outages. For
complete data, use the daily log files.
• If event transmission failures take too long to recover from, log files are retransmitted to ensure that they are delivered at least once.
As a result, latent log files can sometimes contain duplicate event data. When your application consumes latent log files, make sure
that your application handles duplicate event delivery.
• We recommend that you always query the EventLogFile object for new log files to ensure that you also include latent ones. Use the
EventLogFile CreatedDate field to identify newly created log files. Hourly and daily incremental logs are delivered differently.
See Differences Between Hourly and 24-Hour Event Logs for details.
All queries and examples in this section require the View Event Log Files and API Enabled user permissions. Users with the View All Data
permission can also view event monitoring data.
IN THIS SECTION:
Describe Event Monitoring Using REST
Use the SObject Describe resource to retrieve all metadata for an object, including information about fields, URLs, and child relationships.
Query Event Monitoring Data with REST
Use the Query resource to retrieve field values from a record. Specify the fields you want to retrieve in the fields parameter and use
the GET method of the resource.
Get Event Monitoring Content from a Record
Use the SObject Blob Retrieve resource to retrieve BLOB data for a given record.
Download Large Event Log Files Using cURL with REST
You might have some event log files that are larger than your tool can handle. A command line tool such as cURL is one method to
download files larger than 100 MB using the SObject Blob Retrieve object
Delete Event Monitoring Data
You can delete event log files that contain a user’s log data. Deleting log files helps you comply with data protection and privacy
regulations and controls the information that others can access. You can’t delete individual rows from event logs. Instead, you must
delete the entire log file that contains the user activity.
Query or View Hourly Event Log Files
To review events in your org on an accelerated basis, get event log files in hourly increments for recent activity. Hourly event log
files can give you quicker visibility into security anomalies and custom code performance issues.
Describe Event Monitoring Using REST

Use the SObject Describe resource to retrieve all metadata for an object, including information about fields, URLs, and child relationships.
Example
You can use Workbench to describe event log files. In the Execute text box, type
/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/EventLogFile/describe.
88
Examples Query Event Monitoring Data with REST
Example raw response

{
"actionOverrides" : [ ],
"childRelationships" : [ ],
"compactLayoutable" : false,
"createable" : false,
"custom" : false,
"deletable" : false,
"feedEnabled" : false,
"fields" : [ {
"autoNumber" : false,
"byteLength" : 18,
"calculated" : false,
"calculatedFormula" : null,
"cascadeDelete" : false,
"caseSensitive" : false,
"controllerName" : null,
...
}
Query Event Monitoring Data with REST

Use the Query resource to retrieve field values from a record. Specify the fields you want to retrieve in the fields parameter and use the
GET method of the resource.
You can use Workbench to query event monitoring data. To retrieve event monitoring records based on LogDate and EventType,
in the Execute text box, type:
/services/data/v32.0/query?q=SELECT+Id+,+EventType+,+LogFile+
,+LogDate+,+LogFileLength+FROM+EventLogFile+WHERE+
LogDate+>+Yesterday+AND+EventType+=+'API'
Example raw response

{
"totalSize" : 4,
"done" : true,
"records" : [ {
"attributes" : {
"type" : "EventLogFile",
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/EventLogFile/0ATD000000001bROAQ" }
"Id" : "0ATD000000001bROAQ",
"EventType" : "API",
"LogFile" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/EventLogFile/0ATD000000001bROAQ/LogFile",
"LogDate" : "2014-03-14T00:00:00.000+0000",
"LogFileLength" : 2692.0
}, {
"attributes" : {
89
Examples Get Event Monitoring Content from a Record
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/EventLogFile/0ATD000000001SdOAI" },
"Id" : "0ATD000000001SdOAI",
"LogFile" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/EventLogFile/0ATD000000001SdOAI/LogFile",
"LogDate" : "2014-03-13T00:00:00.000+0000",
}, {
"attributes" : {
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/EventLogFile/0ATD000000003p1OAA" },
"Id" : "0ATD000000003p1OAA",
"LogFile" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/EventLogFile/0ATD000000003p1OAA/LogFile",
"LogDate" : "2014-06-21T00:00:00.000+0000",
"LogFileLength" : 605.0 },
{ "attributes" : {
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/EventLogFile/0ATD0000000055eOAA" },
"Id" : "0ATD0000000055eOAA",
"LogFile" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/EventLogFile/0ATD0000000055eOAA/LogFile",
"LogDate" : "2014-07-03T00:00:00.000+0000",
} ]
}
Get Event Monitoring Content from a Record

Use the SObject Blob Retrieve resource to retrieve BLOB data for a given record.
Example
You can use Workbench to retrieve BLOB data for event monitoring. In the Execute text box, use a GET request similar to this:
/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/EventLogFile/0ATD000000000pyOAA/LogFile.
Event monitoring content is returned in binary form. Note that the response content type won’t be JSON or XML because the returned
data is binary.
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Date: Tue, 06 Aug 2013 16:46:10 GMT
Sforce-Limit-Info: api-usage=135/5000
Content-Type: application/octetstream
"EVENT_TYPE", "ORGANIZATION_ID", "TIMESTAMP","USER_ID", "CLIENT_IP",
"URI", "REFERRER_URI", "RUN_TIME"
"URI", "00DD0000000K5xD", "20130728185606.020", "005D0000001REDy",
"10.0.62.141", "/secur/contentDoor", "https-//login-salesforce-com/",
"11"
"URI", "00DD0000000K5xD", "20130728185556.930", "005D0000001REI0",
"10.0.62.141", "/secur/logout.jsp", "https-//yourInstance-salesforce-com/00O/o",
90
Examples Download Large Event Log Files Using cURL with REST
"54"
"URI", "00DD0000000K5xD", "20130728185536.725", "005D0000001REI0",
"10.0.62.141", "/00OD0000001ckx3",
"https-//yourInstance-salesforce-com/00OD0000001ckx3", "93"
Download Large Event Log Files Using cURL with REST

You might have some event log files that are larger than your tool can handle. A command line tool such as cURL is one method to
download files larger than 100 MB using the SObject Blob Retrieve object
Example: Use the “X-PrettyPrint” header and the “-o” flag to output large files to .csv formats
This command downloads a file onto your machine into your downloads folder.
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/EventLogFile/0AT30000000000uGAA/LogFile
-H "Authorization: Bearer token" -H "X-PrettyPrint:1" -o ~/downloads/outputLogFile.csv
We recommend using compression when downloading large event log files. See Using Compression.
Delete Event Monitoring Data

You can delete event log files that contain a user’s log data. Deleting log files helps you comply with data protection and privacy
regulations and controls the information that others can access. You can’t delete individual rows from event logs. Instead, you must
To delete an event log file, enable deletion in Setup, create a permission set that includes the Delete Event Monitoring Records user
permission, and assign this permission set to your users. (Alternatively, you can assign the user permission to a custom profile.) Then
those users can query and delete the EventLogFile record by using Query and Delete resources in REST or delete() in SOAP.
Note: You can’t delete individual rows from event logs. Because event logs are stored in blob format in the database, you must
1. In Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Event, and then select Event Monitoring Settings.
2. Enable deletion of event monitoring data. This action is recorded in Setup Audit Trail.
The Delete Event Monitoring Records user permission is now available to assign to a permission set. (Alternatively, you can assign
the user permission to a custom profile.)
3. In Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Permission, and then select Permission Sets.
91
Examples Query or View Hourly Event Log Files
4. Create a permission set that includes the Delete Event Monitoring Records user permission, and save the permission set.
5. In Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter users, and then select Users.
6. Select the user you want to grant permission to delete event monitoring data.
7. In the Permission Set Assignment section for this user, assign the permission set, and click Save. This action is recorded in Setup
Audit Trail.
Users assigned this permission set (or any custom profile that includes the Delete Event Monitoring Records user permission) can
now delete event monitoring data. The next steps show you how to use the API to delete the data.
8. To locate the logs containing the user activity that you want to delete, query the EventLogFile object. For details, see Query Event
Monitoring Data with REST on page 89.
9. Note the IDs of the returned logs.
10. Use the SObject Rows resource to delete records. Specify the record ID, and use the DELETE method. For more information, see
Delete a Record on page 47. Or, you can use Workbench to delete blob format data for event monitoring. In the Execute text box,
use a DELETE request similar to /services/data/v41.0/sobjects/EventLogFile/0ATD000000000pyOAA.
Query or View Hourly Event Log Files

To review events in your org on an accelerated basis, get event log files in hourly increments for
EDITIONS
recent activity. Hourly event log files can give you quicker visibility into security anomalies and
custom code performance issues. Available in: Enterprise,
Examples Performance, Unlimited,
and Developer Editions
Suppose you’re a security analyst monitoring for anomalous user behavior. By pulling more frequent
updates into your security system, you can be alerted that a suspicious event has taken place within
hours, rather than one or two days later. USER PERMISSIONS
In another example, let’s say you’re a developer. You’ve identified a series of Apex failures in your To access the API and query
org, and you want to proactively refactor your Apex code to improve performance. You review log files:
hourly log files to pinpoint the issues and fix your code in hours, before your end users start • API Enabled AND View
complaining about poor performance. Event Log Files
Considerations To view event log files:
• Hourly event log file integration with the Event Monitoring Analytics app is unavailable. • View All Data
• Depending on event delivery and final processing time, an event is expected to take three to
six hours from the time of the event to be available in the log file. However, it can take longer.
• When delays in processing occur and event logs for a particular hour arrive later, a new log file is created for the event/date/hour
and lists only the new events. Use the creation date and an incremental sequence number to identify a new log file. Always use the
most recently processed event log file for a particular date. However, if event log files have already been pulled into a third-party
application, they could require deduplication in that application.
If both hourly and daily logs are enabled, daily logs always have a sequence number of 0 because there is only one file per daily
interval. CreatedDate indicates when the file was generated. If CreatedDate is after the last event log file download, there are new
events to be processed.
For best practices, use CreatedDate in the WHERE clause to select logs created after the last downloaded event log file. For example,
if the last downloaded file was at 12PM 2/1/2018, to find the next log file, use +CreatedDate+>+"2018-02-01T12:00:00Z" in the
WHERE clause.
• During Salesforce site switches, instance refreshes, or unplanned system outages, data loss can occur. For example, if Salesforce
moves your production org instance, your event log files could have a gap in data. Salesforce makes commercially reasonable efforts
92
Examples Query or View Hourly Event Log Files
to preserve event log file data integrity and avoid data loss. When Salesforce performs a site switch or instance refresh, it uses an
automated process to replicate event logs.
• In the unlikely case in which no log files are generated for 24 hours, contact Salesforce Support.
IN THIS SECTION:
Query Hourly Event Log Files
You query hourly event log files in the same way you query 24-hour log files.
Differences Between Hourly and 24-Hour Event Logs
You receive event log files approximately every hour in addition to 24-hour log files. Review the differences between the two logs
so that you can filter your files to analyze the event data you want.
Query Hourly Event Log Files

You query hourly event log files in the same way you query 24-hour log files.
Suppose you’re an administrator. Your Chief Security Officer asks you to identify who modified specific accounts and opportunities in
the past two hours. You query the hourly URI event log files using the EventLogFile object to review the page requests and request
status. Because EventLogFile also returns 24-hour log files, use this SOQL syntax to filter out the 24-hour log files.
1. In Workbench, select utilities > REST Explorer.
2. Replace the existing text with:/services/data/v API_version
.0/query?q=SELECT+Id+,+EventType+,+Interval+,+LogDate+,+LogFile+
3. Append the following to the query to make it complete:
FROM+EventLogFile+WHERE+EventType+=+'URI',+Interval+=+'Hourly'
In the query, Interval=Hourly makes sure that only hourly event log file data is returned. Alternatively, you can use Sequence
to filter out 24-hour event log files (Sequence!=0). To get both hourly and 24-hour files, use Sequence>=0.
4. Click Execute.
If your sandbox org has URI events, you see log file records in your query results. You can also download the event log files to review the
data in a CSV file. For more information, see Trailhead: Download and Visualize Event Log Files.
Differences Between Hourly and 24-Hour Event Logs

You receive event log files approximately every hour in addition to 24-hour log files. Review the differences between the two logs so
that you can filter your files to analyze the event data you want.
Hourly Log Files 24-Hour Log Files

One or more files generated for every hour of activity. One file generated for every 24 hours of activity.
Available in the API. You can manually import data into third-party Available in the API and integrated with the Event Monitoring
visualization apps. Analytics app and third-party visualization apps.
Key values in the EventLogFile object are: Key values in the EventLogFile object are:
• Interval—Hourly • Interval—Daily
• CreatedDate—Timestamp of when the log file was • CreatedDate—Timestamp of when the log file was
created. Use this field to identify new files. created. Use this field to identify new files.
93
Examples Using Composite Resources
Hourly Log Files 24-Hour Log Files
• LogDate—Timestamp that marks the beginning of the • LogDate—Timestamp that marks the beginning of the
interval when the events occurred. For example, for events interval when the events occurred. For example, for events
that occurred between 11:00 AM and 12:00 PM on 3/7/2016, that occurred on 3/7/2016, this field’s value is
this field’s value is 2016-03-07T11:00:00.000Z. 2016-03-07T00:00:00.000+0000.
• Sequence—1+. This value increases by 1 when events are • Sequence—0
added in the same hour after the latest event log file is created.
The value resets to 1 in the subsequent hour.
See also these Considerations regarding hourly event logs.
When an hourly incremental log file is delivered, a file with new When a daily incremental log file is delivered, a new file replaces
logs for that hour is created. The Sequence field is incremented the original file with the full set of available logs for that date. The
for each new file. CreatedDate field is updated.
Note: Like with 24-hour event monitoring, hourly event log data is available for the past 30 days.
Using Composite Resources

The examples in this section use composite resources to improve your application’s performance by minimizing the number of round-trips
between the client and server.
IN THIS SECTION:
Execute Dependent Requests in a Single API Call
The following example uses the Composite resource to execute several dependent requests all in a single call. First, it creates an
account and retrieves its information. Next it uses the account data and the Composite resource’s reference ID functionality to create
a contact and populate its fields based on the account data. Then it retrieves specific information about the account’s owner by
using query parameters in the request string. Finally, if the metadata has been modified since a certain date, it retrieves account
metadata. The composite.json file contains the composite request and subrequest data.
Update an Account, Create a Contact, and Link Them with a Junction Object
The following example uses the Composite resource to update some fields on an account, create a contact, and link the two records
with a junction object called AccountContactJunction. All these requests are executed in a single call. The
composite.json file contains the composite request and subrequest data.
Update a Record and Get Its Field Values in a Single Request
Use the Batch resource to execute multiple requests in a single API call.
Create Nested Records
Use the SObject Tree resource to create nested records that share a root record type. For example, in a single request, you can create
an account along with its child contacts, and a second account along with its child accounts and contacts. Once the request is
processed, the records are created and parents and children are automatically linked by ID. In the request data, you supply the record
hierarchies, required and optional field values, each record’s type, and a reference ID for each record, and then use the POST method
of the resource. The response body will contain the IDs of the created records if the request is successful. Otherwise, the response
contains only the reference ID of the record that caused the error and the error information.
94
Examples Execute Dependent Requests in a Single API Call
Create Multiple Records

While the SObject Tree resource can be used to create nested records, you can also create multiple, unrelated records of the same
type. In a single request, you can create up to two hundred records. In the request data, you supply the required and optional field
values for each record, each record’s type, and a reference ID for each record, and then use the POST method of the resource. The
response body will contain the IDs of the created records if the request is successful. Otherwise, the response contains only the
reference ID of the record that caused the error and the error information.
Execute Dependent Requests in a Single API Call

The following example uses the Composite resource to execute several dependent requests all in a single call. First, it creates an account
and retrieves its information. Next it uses the account data and the Composite resource’s reference ID functionality to create a contact
and populate its fields based on the account data. Then it retrieves specific information about the account’s owner by using query
parameters in the request string. Finally, if the metadata has been modified since a certain date, it retrieves account metadata. The
composite.json file contains the composite request and subrequest data.
Execute dependent requests in a single API call
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v38.0/composite/ -H
"Authorization: Bearer token -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d "@composite.json"
Request body composite.json file

{
"allOrNone" : true,
"compositeRequest" : [{
"method" : "POST",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Account",
"referenceId" : "NewAccount",
"body" : {
"Name" : "Salesforce",
"BillingStreet" : "Landmark @ 1 Market Street",
"BillingCity" : "San Francisco",
"BillingState" : "California",
"Industry" : "Technology"
}
},{
"method" : "GET",
"referenceId" : "NewAccountInfo",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Account/@{NewAccount.id}"
},{
"method" : "POST",
"referenceId" : "NewContact",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Contact",
"body" : {
"lastname" : "John Doe",
"Title" : "CTO of @{NewAccountInfo.Name}",
"MailingStreet" : "@{NewAccountInfo.BillingStreet}",
"MailingCity" : "@{NewAccountInfo.BillingAddress.city}",
"MailingState" : "@{NewAccountInfo.BillingState}",
"AccountId" : "@{NewAccountInfo.Id}",
"Email" : "[email protected]",
"Phone" : "1234567890"
}
},{
95
Examples Execute Dependent Requests in a Single API Call
"method" : "GET",
"referenceId" : "NewAccountOwner",
"url" :
"/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/User/@{NewAccountInfo.OwnerId}?fields=Name,companyName,Title,City,State"
},{
"method" : "GET",
"referenceId" : "AccountMetadata",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Account/describe",
"httpHeaders" : {
"If-Modified-Since" : "Tue, 31 May 2016 18:13:37 GMT"
}
}]
}
Response body after successfully executing the composite request

{
"compositeResponse" : [{
"body" : {
"id" : "001R00000033JNuIAM",
"success" : true,
"errors" : [ ]
},
"httpHeaders" : {
"Location" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Account/001R00000033JNuIAM"
},
"httpStatusCode" : 201,
"referenceId" : "NewAccount"
},{
"body" : {
all the account data
},
"httpHeaders" : {
"ETag" : "\"Jbjuzw7dbhaEG3fd90kJbx6A0ow=\"",
"Last-Modified" : "Fri, 22 Jul 2016 20:19:37 GMT"
},
"referenceId" : "NewAccountInfo"
},{
"body" : {
"id" : "003R00000025REHIA2",
"success" : true,
"errors" : [ ]
},
"httpHeaders" : {
"Location" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Contact/003R00000025REHIA2"
},
"referenceId" : "NewContact"
},{
"body" : {
"attributes" : {
"type" : "User",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/User/005R0000000I90CIAS"
96
Examples Update an Account, Create a Contact, and Link Them with
a Junction Object
},
"Name" : "Jane Doe",
"CompanyName" : "Salesforce",
"Title" : Director,
"City" : "San Francisco",
"State" : "CA",
"Id" : "005R0000000I90CIAS"
},
"httpHeaders" : { },
"referenceId" : "NewAccountOwner"
},{
"body" : null,
"httpHeaders" : {
"ETag" : "\"f2293620\"",
"Last-Modified" : "Fri, 22 Jul 2016 18:45:56 GMT"
},
"referenceId" : "AccountMetadata"
}]
}
Update an Account, Create a Contact, and Link Them with a Junction Object
The following example uses the Composite resource to update some fields on an account, create a contact, and link the two records
with a junction object called AccountContactJunction. All these requests are executed in a single call. The composite.json
file contains the composite request and subrequest data.
Update an account, create a contact, and link them with a junction object
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v38.0/composite/ -H
"Authorization: Bearer token -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d "@composite.json"
Request body composite.json file

{
"allOrNone" : true,
"method" : "PATCH",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Account/001xx000003DIpcAAG",
"referenceId" : "UpdatedAccount",
"body" : {
"Name" : "Salesforce",
"BillingStreet" : "Landmark @ 1 Market Street",
"BillingCity" : "San Francisco",
"BillingState" : "California",
"Industry" : "Technology"
}
},{
"method" : "POST",
"referenceId" : "NewContact",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Contact/",
"body" : {
"lastname" : "John Doe",
97
Examples Update a Record and Get Its Field Values in a Single Request
"Phone" : "1234567890"
}
},{
"method" : "POST",
"referenceId" : "JunctionRecord",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/AccountContactJunction__c",
"body" : {
"accountId__c" : "001xx000003DIpcAAG",
"contactId__c" : "@{NewContact.id}"
}
}]
}
Response body after successfully executing the composite request

{
"body" : null,
"referenceId" : "UpdatedAccount"
}, {
"body" : {
"id" : "003R00000025R22IAE",
"success" : true,
"errors" : [ ]
},
"httpHeaders" : {
"Location" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Contact/003R00000025R22IAE"
},
"referenceId" : "NewContact"
}, {
"body" : {
"id" : "a00R0000000iN4gIAE",
"success" : true,
"errors" : [ ]
},
"httpHeaders" : {
"Location" :
"/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/AccountContactJunction__c/a00R0000000iN4gIAE"
},
"referenceId" : "JunctionRecord"
}]
}

Use the Batch resource to execute multiple requests in a single API call.
The following example updates the name on an account and gets some of the account’s field values in a single request. The batch.json
file contains the subrequest data.
98
Examples Create Nested Records
Update a record and query its name and billing postal code in a single request
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v34.0/composite/batch/ -H
"Authorization: Bearer token -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d "@batch.json"
Request body batch.json file

{
"batchRequests" : [
{
"method" : "PATCH",
"url" : "v34.0/sobjects/account/001D000000K0fXOIAZ",
"richInput" : {"Name" : "NewName"}
},{
"method" : "GET",
"url" : "v34.0/sobjects/account/001D000000K0fXOIAZ?fields=Name,BillingPostalCode"
}]
}
Response body after successfully executing the subrequests

{
"hasErrors" : false,
"results" : [{
"statusCode" : 204,
"result" : null
},{
"statusCode" : 200,
"result": {
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v34.0/sobjects/Account/001D000000K0fXOIAZ"
},
"Name" : "NewName",
"Id" : "001D000000K0fXOIAZ"
}
}]
}
SEE ALSO:
Batch

Use the SObject Tree resource to create nested records that share a root record type. For example, in a single request, you can create an
account along with its child contacts, and a second account along with its child accounts and contacts. Once the request is processed,
the records are created and parents and children are automatically linked by ID. In the request data, you supply the record hierarchies,
required and optional field values, each record’s type, and a reference ID for each record, and then use the POST method of the resource.
The response body will contain the IDs of the created records if the request is successful. Otherwise, the response contains only the
reference ID of the record that caused the error and the error information.
99
Examples Create Nested Records
The following example creates two sets of nested records. The first set includes an account and two child contact records. The second
set includes an account, one child account record, and one child contact record. The record data is provided in newrecords.json.
Example for creating two new accounts and their child records
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v34.0/composite/tree/Account/
-H "Authorization: Bearer token -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d "@newrecords.json"
Example request body newrecords.json file for creating two new Accounts and their child records
{
"records" :[{
"attributes" : {"type" : "Account", "referenceId" : "ref1"},
"name" : "SampleAccount1",
"phone" : "1234567890",
"website" : "www.salesforce.com",
"numberOfEmployees" : "100",
"industry" : "Banking",
"Contacts" : {
"records" : [{
"attributes" : {"type" : "Contact", "referenceId" : "ref2"},
"lastname" : "Smith",
"Title" : "President",
"email" : "[email protected]"
},{
"lastname" : "Evans",
"title" : "Vice President",
}]
}
},{
"phone" : "1234567890",
"childAccounts" : {
"records" : [{
"name" : "SampleChildAccount1",
"phone" : "1234567890",
"industry" : "Banking"
}]
},
"Contacts" : {
"records" : [{
"lastname" : "Jones",
"title" : "President",
}]
}
100
Examples Create Multiple Records
}]
}
Example response body after successfully creating records and relationships

{
"results" : [{
"referenceId" : "ref1",
"id" : "001D000000K0fXOIAZ"
},{
"id" : "001D000000K0fXPIAZ"
},{
"id" : "003D000000QV9n2IAD"
},{
"id" : "003D000000QV9n3IAD"
},{
"id" : "001D000000K0fXQIAZ"
},{
"id" : "003D000000QV9n4IAD"
}]
}
Once the request is processed, all six records are created with the parent-child relationships specified in the request.
SEE ALSO:
SObject Tree

While the SObject Tree resource can be used to create nested records, you can also create multiple, unrelated records of the same type.
In a single request, you can create up to two hundred records. In the request data, you supply the required and optional field values for
each record, each record’s type, and a reference ID for each record, and then use the POST method of the resource. The response body
will contain the IDs of the created records if the request is successful. Otherwise, the response contains only the reference ID of the record
that caused the error and the error information.
The following example creates four new accounts. The record data is provided in newrecords.json.
Example for creating four new accounts
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v34.0/composite/tree/Account/
-H "Authorization: Bearer token -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d "@newrecords.json"
Example request body newrecords.json file for creating four new accounts
{
"records" :[{
101
Examples Create Multiple Records
"phone" : "1111111111",
},{
"phone" : "2222222222",
"website" : "www.salesforce2.com",
},{
"phone" : "3333333333",
},{
"phone" : "4444444444",
}]
}
Example response body after successfully creating records

{
"results" : [{
"id" : "001D000000K1YFjIAN"
},{
"id" : "001D000000K1YFkIAN"
},{
"id" : "001D000000K1YFlIAN"
},{
"id" : "001D000000K1YFmIAN"
}]
}
SEE ALSO:
SObject Tree
102
CHAPTER 4 Reference
The following table lists supported REST resources in the API and provides a brief description for each. In each case, the URI for the
resource follows the base URI, which you retrieve from the authentication service: http://domain/services/data. domain
might be the Salesforce instance you are using, or a custom domain. For example, to retrieve basic information about an Account object
in version 20.0: https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v20.0/sobjects/Account/.
Click a call name to see syntax, usage, and more information for that call.
Resource Name URI and Description

Versions /
Lists summary information about each Salesforce version currently available, including the version,
label, and a link to each version's root.
Resources by Version /vXX.X/

Lists available resources for the specified API version, including resource name and URI.
Limits /vXX.X/limits/
Lists information about limits in your org.
Describe Global /vXX.X/sobjects/

Lists the available objects and their metadata for your organization’s data.
SObject Basic Information /vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/

Describes the individual metadata for the specified object. Can also be used to create a new record
for a given object.
SObject Describe /vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/describe/

Completely describes the individual metadata at all levels for the specified object.
SObject Get Deleted /vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/deleted/

?start=startDateAndTime&end=endDateAndTime
Retrieves the list of individual records that have been deleted within the given timespan for the
specified object.
SObject Get Updated /vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/updated/

?start=startDateAndTime&end=endDateAndTime
Retrieves the list of individual records that have been updated (added or changed) within the given
timespan for the specified object.
SObject Named Layouts /vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/describe/namedLayouts/layoutName

Retrieves information about alternate named layouts for a given object.
103
Reference

SObject Rich Text Image /vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/id//richTextImageFields/fieldName/contentReferenceId
Retrieve
Retrieves the specified image data from a specific rich text area field in a given record.
SObject Rows /vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/id/

Accesses records based on the specified object ID. Retrieves, updates, or deletes records. This resource
can also be used to retrieve field values.
SObject Rows by External ID /vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/fieldName/fieldValue

Creates new records or updates existing records (upserts records) based on the value of a specified
external ID field.
SObject ApprovalLayouts /vXX.X/sobjects/SObjectName/describe/approvalLayouts/

Returns a list of approval layouts for a specified object.
SObject CompactLayouts /vXX.X/sobjects/Object/describe/compactLayouts/

Returns a list of compact layouts for a specific object.
Describe Layouts /vXX.X/sobjects/global/describe/layouts/

/vXX.X/sobjects/object/describe/layouts/
Returns a list of layouts and descriptions.
SObject PlatformAction /services/data/vXX.X/sobjects/PlatformAction

PlatformAction is a virtual read-only object. It enables you to query for actions displayed in the UI,
given a user, a context, device format, and a record ID. Examples include standard and custom buttons,
quick actions, and productivity actions.
Lightning Toggle Metrics /services/data/vXX.X/sobjects/LightningToggleMetricsReturn details about users

who switched between Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Lightning Usage by App Type /services/data/vXX.0/sobjects/LightningUsageByAppTypeMetrics
Return the total number of Lightning Experience and Salesforce Mobile users.
Lightning Usage by Browser /services/data/vXX.0/sobjects/LightningUsageByBrowserMetrics

Return Lightning Experience usage results grouped by browser instance.
Lightning Usage by Page /services/data/vXX.0/sobjects/LightningUsageByPageMetrics

Represents standard pages users viewed most frequently in Lightning Experience.
Lightning Usage by FlexiPage /services/data/vXX.0/sobjects/LightningUsageByFlexiPageMetrics
Return details about the custom pages viewed most frequently in Lightning Experience.
Lightning Exit by Page Metrics /services/data/vXX.0/sobjects/LightningUsageByFlexiPageMetrics
104
Reference

Return frequency metrics about the standard pages within which users switched from Lightning
Experience to Salesforce Classic.
SObject Relationships /vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/id/relationship name

Accesses records by traversing object relationships via friendly URLs. You can retrieve, update, or delete
the record associated with the traversed relationship field. If there are multiple related records, you
can retrieve the complete set of associated records.
SObject Blob Retrieve /vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/id/blobField

Retrieves the specified blob field from an individual record.
SObject Quick Actions /vXX.X/sobjects/object/quickActions/

/vXX.X/sobjects/object/quickActions/{action name}
/vXX.X/sobjects/object/quickActions/{action name}/describe/
services/data/vXX.X/sobjects/object/quickActions/{action
name}/defaultValues/
vXX.X/sobjects/object/quickActions/{action
name}/defaultValues/{parent id}
Returns a list of actions and their details.
SObject Suggested Articles vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/suggestedArticles?language=article

language&subject=subject&description=description
vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/ID/suggestedArticles?language=article
language
Returns a list of suggested Salesforce Knowledge articles for a case, work order, or work order line
item.
SObject User Password /vXX.X/sobjects/User/user id/password

/vXX.X/sobjects/SelfServiceUser/self service user id/password
Set, reset, or get information about a user password.
Platform Event Schema by /vXX.X/sobjects/Event_Name/eventSchema

Event Name Gets the definition of a platform event in JSON format for an event name.
Platform Event Schema by /vXX.X/event/eventSchema/Schema_ID

Schema ID Gets the definition of a platform event in JSON format for a schema ID.
AppMenu /vXX.X/appMenu/AppSwitcher/
/vXX.X/appMenu/Salesforce1/
Returns a list of items in either the Salesforce app drop-down menu or the Salesforce for Android, iOS,
and mobile web navigation menu.
105
Reference

Compact Layouts /vXX.X/compactLayouts?q=object list
Returns a list of compact layouts for multiple objects.
Invocable Actions /vXX.X/actions/standard

/vXX.X/actions/custom
Use actions to add more functionality to your applications. Choose from standard actions, such as
posting to Chatter or sending email, or create actions based on your company’s needs.
Parameterized Search /vXX.X/parameterizedSearch/?q=search string

Executes a simple RESTful search using parameters instead of a SOSL clause. Indicate parameters in a
URL in the GET method. Or, use POST for more complex JSON searches.
Process Approvals /vXX.X/process/approvals/

Returns a list of all approval processes. Can also be used to submit a particular record if that entity
supports an approval process and one has already been defined. Records can be approved and rejected
if the current user is an assigned approver.
Process Rules /vXX.X/process/rules/

Returns a list of all active workflow rules. If a rule has actions, the actions will be listed under the rule.
Can also be used to trigger all workflow rules that are associated with a specified record. The actions
for a rule are only fired if the rule’s criteria is met.
Query /vXX.X/query/?q=soql
Executes the specified SOQL query.
QueryAll /vXX.X/queryAll/?q=soql
Executes the specified SOQL query. Results can include deleted, merged and archived records.
Quick Actions /vXX.X/quickActions/

Return a list of global quick actions and their types, as well as custom fields and objects that appear
in the Chatter feed.
Recently Viewed Items /vXX.X/recent

Gets the most recently accessed items that were viewed or referenced by the current user.
Record Count /vXX.X/limit/recordCount

Lists information about object record counts in your organization.
Relevant Items /vXX.X/sobjects/relevantItems

Gets the current user’s most relevant items. Relevant items include records for objects in the user’s
global search scope and also most recently used (MRU) objects.
Search /vXX.X/search/?q=sosl
106
Reference

Executes the specified SOSL search. The search string must be URL-encoded.
Search Scope and Order /vXX.X/search/scopeOrder

Returns an ordered list of objects in the default global search scope of a logged-in user. Global search
keeps track of which objects the user interacts with and how often and arranges the search results
accordingly. Objects used most frequently appear at the top of the list.
Search Result Layouts /vXX.X/searchlayout/?q=Comma delimited object list

Returns search result layout information for the objects in the query string. For each object, this call
returns the list of fields displayed on the search results page as columns, the number of rows displayed
on the first page, and the label used on the search results page.
Search Suggested Article Title /vXX.X/search/suggestTitleMatches?q=search string&language=article

Matches language&publishStatus=article publication status
Returns a list of Salesforce Knowledge article titles that match the user’s search query string. Provides
a shortcut to navigate directly to likely relevant articles before the user performs a search.
Search Suggested Queries vXX.X/search/suggestSearchQueries?q=search

string&language=language of query
Returns a list of suggested searches based on the user’s query string text matching searches that other
users have performed in Salesforce Knowledge. Provides a way to improve search effectiveness, before
the user performs a search.
Tabs /vXX.X/tabs
Returns a list of all tabs—including Lightning page tabs—available to the current user, regardless of
whether the user has chosen to hide tabs via the All Tabs (+) tab customization feature.
Themes /vXX.X/theme
Gets the list of icons and colors used by themes in the Salesforce application.
Composite Resources
Resource Name URI Description
Batch /vXX.X/composite/batch Executes up to 25 subrequests in a single request.
SObject Tree /vXX.X/composite/tree Creates one or more sObject trees with root
records of the specified type. An sObject tree is a
collection of nested, parent-child records with a
single root record.
107
Reference Versions
Versions
Lists summary information about each Salesforce version currently available, including the version, label, and a link to each version's
root.
URI
/
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
none
Parameters
none
Example
See List Available REST API Versions on page 35.
Resources by Version
Lists available resources for the specified API version, including resource name and URI.
URI
/vXX.X/
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Authorization: Bearer token
Parameters
none
Example
See List Available REST Resources. on page 38
Limits
Lists information about limits in your org. This resource is available in REST API version 29.0 and later for API users with the View Setup
and Configuration permission. The resource returns these limits:
• Daily API calls
• Daily asynchronous Apex method executions (batch Apex, future methods, queueable Apex, and scheduled Apex)
• Daily Bulk API calls
• Daily Streaming API events (API version 36.0 and earlier)
108
Reference Limits
• Daily durable Streaming API events (API version 37.0 and later)
• Streaming API concurrent clients (API version 36.0 and earlier)
• Durable Streaming API concurrent clients (API version 37.0 and later)
• Daily generic streaming events (API version 36.0 and earlier)
• Daily durable generic streaming events (API version 37.0 and later)
• Daily standard-volume platform events delivered to CometD clients
• Monthly entitlement and usage of high-volume platform event delivery to CometD clients
• Daily number of mass emails that are sent to external email addresses by using Apex or APIs
• Daily number of single emails that are sent to external email addresses
Note: For orgs created before Spring ’19, the daily limit is enforced only for emails sent via Apex and Salesforce APIs except
for the REST API. For orgs created in Spring ’19 and later, the daily limit is also enforced for email alerts, simple email actions,
Send Email actions in flows, and REST API. If one of the newly counted emails can’t be sent because your org has reached the
limit, we notify you by email and add an entry to the debug logs.
• Concurrent REST API requests for results of asynchronous report runs

• Concurrent synchronous report runs via REST API
• Hourly asynchronous report runs via REST API
• Hourly synchronous report runs via REST API
• Hourly dashboard refreshes via REST API
• Hourly REST API requests for dashboard results
• Hourly dashboard status requests via REST API
• Hourly new long-term external record ID mappings (API version 44.0 and later)
• Hourly OData callouts
• Hourly new short-term external record ID mappings (API version 44.0 and later)
• Daily workflow emails
• Hourly workflow time triggers
• Daily and active scratch org counts
The resource also returns these limits if the API user has the Manage Users permission.
• Data storage (MB)
• File storage (MB)
URI
/vXX.X/limits/
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Example
See List Organization Limits.
109
Reference Describe Global
Describe Global
Lists the available objects and their metadata for your organization’s data. In addition, it provides the organization encoding, as well as
the maximum batch size permitted in queries. For more information on encoding, see Internationalization and Character Sets.
You can use the If-Modified-Since header with this resource, with the date format EEE, dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss
z. When using this header, if no available object’s metadata has changed since the provided date, a 304 Not Modified status
code is returned with no response body.
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Parameters
none required
Example
See Get a List of Objects on page 39.
Error responses
SObject Basic Information

Describes the individual metadata for the specified object. Can also be used to create a new record for a given object. For example, this
can be used to retrieve the metadata for the Account object using the GET method, or create a new Account object using the POST
method.
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/SObjectName/
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET, POST
Authentication
Parameters
none required
Examples
• For an example of retrieving metadata for an object, see Retrieve Metadata for an Object on page 41.
• For an example of creating a new record using POST, see Create a Record on page 45.
• For an example of create a new record along with providing blob data for the record, see Insert or Update Blob Data on page
73.
110
Reference SObject Describe
SObject Describe
Completely describes the individual metadata at all levels for the specified object. For example, this can be used to retrieve the fields,
URLs, and child relationships for the Account object.
The If-Modified-Since header can be used with this resource, with a date format of EEE, dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss
z. When this header is used, if the object metadata has not changed since the provided date, a 304 Not Modified status code
is returned, with no response body.
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/SObjectName/describe/
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Parameters
none required
Example
See Get Field and Other Metadata for an Object on page 42. For an example that uses the If-Modified-Since HTTP header,
see Get Object Metadata Changes on page 43.
SObject Get Deleted

Retrieves the list of individual records that have been deleted within the given timespan for the specified object. SObject Get Deleted
is available in API version 29.0 and later.
This resource is commonly used in data replication applications. Note the following considerations:
• Deleted records are written to a delete log which this resource accesses. A background process that runs every two hours purges
records that have been in an organization's delete log for more than two hours if the number of records is above a certain limit.
Starting with the oldest records, the process purges delete log entries until the delete log is back below the limit. This is done to
protect Salesforce from performance issues related to massive delete logs
• Information on deleted records are returned only if the current session user has access to them.
• Results are returned for no more than 15 days previous to the day the call is executed (or earlier if an administrator has purged the
Recycle Bin).
See “Data Replication” in the SOAP API Developer Guide for additional details on data replication and data replication limits.
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/SObjectName/deleted/?start=startDateAndTime&end=endDateAndTime
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
111
Reference SObject Get Updated
Parameters
start Starting date/time (Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)—not local— timezone) of the
timespan for which to retrieve the data. The API ignores the seconds portion of the
specified dateTime value (for example, 12:30:15 is interpreted as 12:30:00 UTC). The
date and time should be provided in ISO 8601 format:
YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss+hh:mm. The date/time value for start must
chronologically precede end. This parameter should be URL-encoded.
end Ending date/time (Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)—not local— timezone) of the
timespan for which to retrieve the data. The API ignores the seconds portion of the
specified dateTime value (for example, 12:35:15 is interpreted as 12:35:00 UTC). The
date and time should be provided in ISO 8601 format:
YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss+hh:mm. This parameter should be URL-encoded
Response format
Property Type Description

deletedRecords array Array of deleted records that satisfy the start and end dates specified in the
request. Each entry contains the record ID and the date and time the record
was deleted in ISO 8601 format, using Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)
timezone.
earliestDateAvailable String ISO 8601 format timestamp (Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)—not local—
timezone) of the last physically deleted object.
latestDateCovered String ISO 8601 format timestamp (Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)—not local—
time zone) of the last date covered in the request.
Example
For an example of getting a list of deleted items, see Get a List of Deleted Records Within a Given Timeframe on page 58.
SObject Get Updated

Retrieves the list of individual records that have been updated (added or changed) within the given timespan for the specified object.
SObject Get Updated is available in API version 29.0 and later.
This resource is commonly used in data replication applications. Note the following considerations:
• Results are returned for no more than 30 days previous to the day the call is executed.
• Your client application can replicate any objects to which it has sufficient permissions. For example, to replicate all data for your
organization, your client application must be logged in with “View All Data” access rights to the specified object. Similarly, the objects
must be within your sharing rules.
• There is a limit of 600,000 IDs returned from this resource. If more than 600,000 IDs would be returned, EXCEEDED_ID_LIMIT is
returned. You can correct the error by choosing start and end dates that are closer together.
See “Data Replication” in the SOAP API Developer Guide for additional details on data replication and data replication limits.
112
Reference SObject Named Layouts
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/SObjectName/updated/?start=startDateAndTime&end=endDateAndTime
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Parameters
start Starting date/time (Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) time zone—not local— timezone)
of the timespan for which to retrieve the data. The API ignores the seconds portion of
the specified dateTime value (for example, 12:30:15 is interpreted as 12:30:00 UTC).
The date and time should be provided in ISO 8601 format:
YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss+hh:mm. The date/time value for start must
chronologically precede end. This parameter should be URL-encoded
end Ending date/time (Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) time zone—not local— timezone)
of the timespan for which to retrieve the data. The API ignores the seconds portion of
the specified dateTime value (for example, 12:35:15 is interpreted as 12:35:00 UTC).
The date and time should be provided in ISO 8601 format:
YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss+hh:mm. This parameter should be URL-encoded
Response format

ids array Array of updated records that satisfy the start and end dates specified in the
request. Each entry contains the record ID.
latestDateCovered String ISO 8601 format timestamp (Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)—not local—
time zone) of the last date covered in the request.
Example
For an example of getting a list of updated deleted items, see Get a List of Updated Records Within a Given Timeframe on page 59.
SObject Named Layouts

Retrieves information about alternate named layouts for a given object.
Syntax
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/Object/describe/namedLayouts/layoutName
113
Reference SObject Rows
Available since release

31.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Request body
None
Example
/services/data/v31.0/sobjects/User/describe/namedLayouts/UserAlt
This example retrieves information on the “UserAlt” named layout for User.
Usage
Use this resource to get information on a named layout for a given object. You must provide a valid named layout name as part of the
resource URI.
To get a list of named layouts for a given object, use the SObject Describe resource and look for the “namedLayoutInfos” field in the
response body.
SObject Rows
Accesses records based on the specified object ID. Retrieves, updates, or deletes records. This resource can also be used to retrieve field
values. Use the GET method to retrieve records or fields, the DELETE method to delete records, and the PATCH method to update records.
To create new records, use the SObject Basic Information resource.
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/SObjectName/id/
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET, PATCH, DELETE
Authentication
Parameters
fields Optional list of fields used to return values for.
114
Reference SObject Rows by External ID
Usage
This resource can be used with external objects in API version 32.0 and later.
• External objects that are associated with non-high-data-volume external data sources use the 18-character Salesforce ID for the
id. Otherwise, external objects use the External ID standard field of the external object for the id.
Examples
• For examples of retrieving field values using GET, see:
– Get Field Values from a Standard Object Record on page 47
– Get Field Values from an External Object Record by Using the External ID Standard Field on page 48
– Get Field Values from an External Object Record by Using the Salesforce ID on page 47
• For an example of updating a record using PATCH, see Update a Record on page 45.
• For an example of deleting a record using DELETE, see Delete a Record on page 47.
• For an example of updating the blob data for an object, see Insert or Update Blob Data on page 73.
SObject Rows by External ID

Creates new records or updates existing records (upserts records) based on the value of a specified external ID field.
• If the specified value doesn't exist, a new record is created.
• If a record does exist with that value, the field values specified in the request body are updated.
• If the value is not unique, the REST API returns a 300 response with the list of matching records.
Note: Do not specify Id or an external ID field in the request body or an error is generated.
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/SObjectName/fieldName/fieldValue
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
HEAD, GET, PATCH, DELETE, POST (see Usage section)
Authentication
Parameters
None
Usage
As a special case, in API version 37.0 and later, you can use this resource to create a record by POSTing to
/vXX.X/sobjects/SObjectName/Id. This pattern represents the use of Id as the specified external ID field and null
as the value. It’s useful when you’re writing code to upsert multiple records by different external IDs and you don’t want to request
a separate resource.
Examples
• For an example of retrieving a record based on an external ID, see Retrieve a Record Using an External ID on page 48.
• For examples of creating and updating records based on external IDs, see Insert or Update (Upsert) a Record Using an External
ID on page 49.
115
Reference SObject Blob Retrieve
SObject Blob Retrieve

Retrieves the specified blob field from an individual record.
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/SObjectName/id/blobField
Formats
Because blob fields contain binary data, you can't use JSON or XML to retrieve this data.
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Parameters
none required
Example
For an example of retrieving the blob data from an Attachment or Document, see Get Attachment Content from a Record on page
57.
Error responses
SObject ApprovalLayouts
Returns a list of approval layouts for a specified object. Specify a particular approval process name to limit the return value to one specific
approval layout. This resource is available in REST API version 30.0 and later.
Syntax
URI
To get an approval layout description for a specified object, use
/vXX.X/sobjects/SObjectName/describe/approvalLayouts/
To get an approval layout description for a particular approval process, use
/vXX.X/sobjects/SObjectName/describe/approvalLayouts/approvalProcessName
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
HEAD, GET
Authentication
Request parameters
None required
116
Reference SObject CompactLayouts
Example
Getting all approval layouts for an sObject
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v30.0/sobjects/Account/describe/approvalLayouts/
Example JSON Response body

{
"approvalLayouts" : [ {
"id" : "04aD00000008Py9IAE",
"label" : "MyApprovalProcessName",
"layoutItems" : [...],
"name" : "MyApprovalProcessName"
}, {
"id" : "04aD00000008Q0KIAU",
"label" : "Process1",
"name" : "Process1"
} ]
}
If you haven’t defined any approval layouts for an object, the response is {"approvalLayouts" : [ ]}.
Getting the approval layout for a particular approval process
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v30.0/sobjects/Account/describe/approvalLayouts/MyApprovalProcessName

{
"approvalLayouts" : [ {
"id" : "04aD00000008Py9IAE",
"label" : "MyApprovalProcessName",
"name" : "MyApprovalProcessName"
} ]
}
SObject CompactLayouts
Returns a list of compact layouts for a specific object. This resource is available in REST API version 29.0 and later.
Syntax
URI
For a compact layout description for a specific object, use /vXX.X/sobjects/Object/describe/compactLayouts/
Formats
JSON, XML
117
HTTP methods
HEAD, GET
Authentication
Request parameters
None required
Example
Getting compact layouts
/services/data/v29.0/sobjects/Account/describe/compactLayouts

This sample JSON response is for compact layouts created on the Account object. In this example, only one custom compact layout
was created for Account. The custom compact layout is assigned as the primary compact layout for the object, and it contains two
fields: Account Name and Phone.
{
"compactLayouts" : [ {
"actions" : [ {
"custom" : false,
"icons" : null,
"label" : "Call",
"name" : "CallHighlightAction"
}, {
"custom" : false,
"icons" : null,
"label" : "Send Email",
"name" : "EmailHighlightAction"
}, {
"custom" : false,
"icons" : null,
"label" : "Map",
"name" : "MapHighlightAction"
}, {
"custom" : false,
"icons" : null,
"label" : "Read News",
"name" : "NewsHighlightAction"
}, {
"custom" : false,
"icons" : null,
"label" : "View Website",
"name" : "WebsiteHighlightAction"
} ],
"fieldItems" : [ {
"editable" : false,
"layoutComponents" : [ {
"components" : [ ],
118
"details" : {
"byteLength" : 765,
"custom" : false,
"defaultValue" : null,
"defaultValueFormula" : null,
"defaultedOnCreate" : false,
"dependentPicklist" : false,
"digits" : 0,
"displayLocationInDecimal" : false,
"externalId" : false,
"extraTypeInfo" : null,
"filterable" : true,
"groupable" : true,
"htmlFormatted" : false,
"idLookup" : false,
"inlineHelpText" : null,
"length" : 255,
"mask" : null,
"maskType" : null,
"name" : "Name",
"nameField" : true,
"namePointing" : false,
"nillable" : false,
"permissionable" : false,
"picklistValues" : [ ],
"precision" : 0,
"queryByDistance" : false,
"referenceTo" : [ ],
"relationshipName" : null,
"relationshipOrder" : null,
"restrictedDelete" : false,
"restrictedPicklist" : false,
"scale" : 0,
"soapType" : "xsd:string",
"sortable" : true,
"type" : "string",
"unique" : false,
"writeRequiresMasterRead" : false
},
"displayLines" : 1,
"tabOrder" : 2,
"type" : "Field",
"value" : "Name"
} ],
119
"placeholder" : false,
"required" : false
}, {
"editable" : false,
"label" : "Phone",
"components" : [ ],
"details" : {
"byteLength" : 120,
"custom" : false,
"digits" : 0,
"extraTypeInfo" : null,
"groupable" : true,
"idLookup" : false,
"label" : "Account Phone",
"length" : 40,
"mask" : null,
"maskType" : null,
"name" : "Phone",
"nameField" : false,
"nillable" : true,
"permissionable" : true,
"precision" : 0,
"scale" : 0,
"soapType" : "xsd:string",
"sortable" : true,
"type" : "phone",
"unique" : false,
120
},
"displayLines" : 1,
"tabOrder" : 3,
"type" : "Field",
"value" : "Phone"
} ],
"required" : false
} ],
"id" : "0AHD000000000AbOAI",
"imageItems" : [ {
"editable" : false,
"label" : "Photo URL",
"components" : [ ],
"details" : {
"byteLength" : 765,
"custom" : false,
"digits" : 0,
"extraTypeInfo" : "imageurl",
"groupable" : true,
"idLookup" : false,
"label" : "Photo URL",
"length" : 255,
"mask" : null,
"maskType" : null,
"name" : "PhotoUrl",
"nameField" : false,
"nillable" : true,
"permissionable" : false,
"precision" : 0,
121
Reference Describe Layouts
"scale" : 0,
"soapType" :
"xsd:string",
"sortable" : true,
"type" : "url",
"unique" : false,
},
"displayLines" : 1,
"tabOrder" : 1,
"type" : "Field",
"value" : "PhotoUrl"
} ],
"required" : false
} ],
"label" : "Custom Account Compact Layout",
"name" : "Custom_Account_Compact_Layout"
} ],
"defaultCompactLayoutId" : "0AHD000000000AbOAI",
"recordTypeCompactLayoutMappings" : [ {
"available" : true,
"compactLayoutId" : "0AHD000000000AbOAI",
"compactLayoutName" : "Custom_Account_Compact_Layout",
"recordTypeId" : "012000000000000AAA",
"recordTypeName" : "Master",
"urls" : {
"compactLayout" :
"/services/data/v31.0/sobjects/Account/describe/compactLayouts/012000000000000AAA"
}
} ],
"urls" : {
"primary" : "/services/data/v31.0/sobjects/Account/describe/compactLayouts/primary"
}
}
If you haven’t defined any compact layouts for an object, the compactLayoutId returns as Null.
Describe Layouts
Returns a list of layouts and descriptions. The list of fields and the layout name are returned.
URI
To return descriptions of global publisher layouts, the URI is: /vXX.X/sobjects/Global/describe/layouts/
For a layout description for a specific object, use /vXX.X/sobjects/Object/describe/layouts/
For a layout description for objects that have more than one record type defined, use
/vXX.X/sobjects/Object/describe/layouts/<recordTypeId>. For example, the following URI requests the
122
layout for a specific Contact record ID: /vXX.X/sobjects/Contact/describe/layouts/012xx00000024x5AAA.

A GET request for objects that have more than one record type defined returns null for the layouts section of the response.
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
HEAD, GET
Authentication
Parameters
None required
Example for getting global publisher layouts
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v35.0/sobjects/Global/describe/layouts/
Example JSON Response body contactlayout.json file

[ { "name" : "contactlayout",
"searchColumns" : [ { "field" : "Account.Name",
"format" : null,
"name" : "Name"
},
"format" : null,
"name" : "Site"
},
{ "field" : "Account.Phone",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Phone",
"name" : "Phone"
},
"format" : null,
}
]
},
"limitRows" : 25,
"searchColumns" : [ { "field" : "Contact.Name",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Name",
"name" : "Name"
},
{ "field" : "Account.Name",
"format" : null,
"name" : "Account.Name"
123
},
"format" : null,
"name" : "Account.Site"
},
{ "field" : "Contact.Phone",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Phone",
"name" : "Phone"
},
{ "field" : "Contact.Email",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Email",
"name" : "Email"
},
"format" : null,
"label" : "Contact Owner Alias",
}
]
},
"limitRows" : 25,
"searchColumns" : [ { "field" : "Lead.Name",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Name",
"name" : "Name"
},
{ "field" : "Lead.Title",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Title",
"name" : "Title"
},
{ "field" : "Lead.Phone",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Phone",
"name" : "Phone"
},
{ "field" : "Lead.Company",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Company",
"name" : "Company"
},
{ "field" : "Lead.Email",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Email",
"name" : "Email"
},
{ "field" : "Lead.Status",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Lead Status",
"name" : "toLabel(Status)"
124
Reference SObject PlatformAction
},
{ "field" : "Name.Alias",
"format" : null,
"label" : "Owner Alias",
}
]
},
]
SObject PlatformAction
PlatformAction is a virtual read-only object. It enables you to query for actions displayed in the UI, given a user, a context, device format,
and a record ID. Examples include standard and custom buttons, quick actions, and productivity actions.
Returns the description of the PlatformAction.
Syntax
URI
Use /services/data/vXX.X/sobjects/PlatformAction
This resource is available in API version 33.0 and later.
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Request body
None.
Usage
The only thing you can do with this resource is Query it.
SObject Quick Actions

Returns a list of actions and their details. This resource is available in REST API version 28.0 and later. When working with actions, also
refer to Quick Actions.
URI
To return a specific object’s actions as well as global actions, use: /vXX.X/sobjects/object/quickActions/
To return a specific action, use /vXX.X/sobjects/object/quickActions/{action name}
To return a specific action’s descriptive detail, use /vXX.X/sobjects/object/quickActions/{action
name}/describe/
125
Reference SObject Rich Text Image Retrieve
To return a specific action’s default values, including default field values, use
services/data/vXX.X/sobjects/object/quickActions/{action name}/defaultValues/
In API version 28.0, to evaluate the default values for an action, use vXX.X/sobjects/object/quickActions/{action
name}/defaultValues/{parent id}
In API version 29.0 and greater, to evaluate the default values for an action, use
vXX.X/sobjects/object/quickActions/{action name}/defaultValues/{context id}
This returns the default values specific to the {context id} object.
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
HEAD, GET, POST
Authentication
Parameters
None required
Example for getting Account actions
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v28.0/sobjects/Account/quickActions
Example for creating a contact on Account using an action

curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v28.0/sobjects/Account/quickActions/CreateContact
-H 'Authorization: Bearer access_token -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d
@newcontact.json'
Example JSON request body newcontact.json file

{
"contextId" : "001D000000JRSGf",
"record" : { "LastName" : "Smith" }
Considerations
• The resources return all actions—both global and standard—in addition to the ones requested.
SObject Rich Text Image Retrieve

Retrieves the specified image data from a specific rich text area field in a given record.
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/SObjectName/id/richTextImageFields/fieldName/contentReferenceId
Formats
PNG or JPEG binary image data.
126
Reference SObject Relationships
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Parameters
SObjectName Indicates the name of the standard object of the record.
id The ID of the object.
fieldName The name of the rich text area field.
contentReferenceId The reference ID that uniquely identifies an image within a rich text area field.
You can obtain the reference by retrieving information for the object. The description
will show the contents of the rich text area field. For example:
{
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Lead",
"url" :
"/services/data/v43.0/sobjects/Lead/00QRM000003ZfDb2AK"
},
"Id" : "00QRM000003ZfDb2AK",
...
"ContactPhoto__c" :
"Sarah Loehr and her two dogs.
<img alt=\"Sarah Loehr.\"
src=\"https://c.na44.content.stmfa.stm.force.com/servlet/rtaImage?
eid=00QRM000003ZfDb&
feoid=00NRM000001E73j&
refid=0EMRM00000002Ip\"></img>"
}
The refid parameter of the image (0EMRM00000002Ip in this example) is the

contentReferenceId.
Example
For an example of retrieving the blob data from a rich text area field, see Get an Image from a Rich Text Area Field on page 40.
Error responses
SObject Relationships
Accesses records by traversing object relationships via friendly URLs. You can retrieve, update, or delete the record associated with the
traversed relationship field. If there are multiple related records, you can retrieve the complete set of associated records. This resource
is available in REST API version 36.0 and later.
127
Reference SObject Relationships
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/id/relationship field name
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Methods
GET, PATCH, DELETE
Authentication
Parameters
fields Optional for GET. A list of fields in the associated relationship record to return. Fields
are separated by commas. For example:
/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/SObject/id/relationship
field?fields=field1,field2
Response Body
For retrievals via GET, the response body is the contents of the record associated with the relationship field. Here is an example of a
request and JSON response body for a simple relationship traversal that returns the Distributor__c record associated with a relationship
field on custom object Merchandise__c.
{
"attributes" :
{
"url" : "/services/data/v36.0/sobjects/Distributor__c/a03D0000003DUhcIAG"
},
"Id" : "a03D0000003DUhcIAG",
"Name" : "Distributor1",
"CreatedDate" : "2011-12-16T17:43:01.000+0000",
"Location__c" : "San Francisco"
}
A response body isn’t returned for updates via PATCH and deletions via DELETE.
Error Responses
If no record is associated with a relationship field, a 404 error response is returned. If the relationship field normally resolves to multiple
records and no relationship set exists, a 200 response is returned. If the fields parameter is used with fields that don’t exist or
aren’t visible to the consumer by field-level security, a 400 error response is returned. For other error messages, see Status Codes
and Error Responses on page 274.
128
Reference SObject Suggested Articles
Example
For examples of using SObject Relationships to access relationship fields, see Traverse Relationships with Friendly URLs on page 53.
SObject Suggested Articles

Returns a list of suggested Salesforce Knowledge articles for a case, work order, or work order line item.
Syntax
URI
To return suggested articles for a case, work order, or work order line item that is being created, use
vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/suggestedArticles?language=article
language&subject=subject&description=description. The SObject can be Case, WorkOrder, or
WorkOrderLineItem. Suggestions are based on common keywords in the title, description, and other information that’s
entered before the record has been saved and assigned an ID.
For example: vXX.X/sobjects/Case/suggestedArticles?language=article
language&subject=subject&description=description or
vXX.X/sobjects/WorkOrder/suggestedArticles?language=article
language&subject=subject&description=description.
To return suggested articles for an existing record with an ID, use
vXX.X/sobjects/SObject/ID/suggestedArticles?language=article language
30.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Request body
None required
Request parameters
articleTypes Optional. Three-character ID prefixes indicating the desired article types. You can specify
multiple values for this parameter in a single REST call, by repeating the parameter
name for each value. For example, articleTypes=ka0&articleTypes=ka1.
categories Optional. The name of the data category group and the data category API name (not
category title) for desired articles. The syntax is
categories={"Group":"Category"}. Characters in the URL might need
to be encoded. For example:
categories=%7B%22Regions%22%3A%22Asia%22%2C%22
Products%22%3A%22Laptops%22%7D
129
Reference SObject Suggested Articles
The same data category group can’t be specified more than once. However, you can
specify multiple data category group and data category pairs. For example,
categories={"Regions":"Asia","Products":"Laptops"}.
description Text of the description. Valid only for new records without an existing ID and required
if subject is null. Article suggestions are based on common keywords in the subject,
description, or both.
language Required. Language that the article is written in.
limit Optional. Specifies the maximum number of suggested articles to return.
publishStatus Optional. The article’s publication status. Valid values:

• Draft–Not published
• Online–Published in Salesforce Knowledge
• Archived
subject Text of the subject. Valid only for new records without an existing ID and required if
description is null. Article suggestions are based on common keywords in the
subject, description, or both.
topics Optional. The topic of returned articles. For example:

topics=outlook&topics=email.
validationStatus Optional. The validation status of returned articles.
Example for getting suggested articles for a case that’s being created
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v30.0/sobjects/Case/suggestedArticles?
language=en_US&subject=orange+banana&articleTypes=ka0&articleTypes=ka1

[ {
"attributes" : {
"type" : "KnowledgeArticleVersion",
"url" : "/services/data/v30.0/sobjects/KnowledgeArticleVersion/ka0D00000004CcQ"
"Id" : "ka0D00000004CcQ"
}, {
"attributes" : {
"url" : "/services/data/v30.0/sobjects/KnowledgeArticleVersion/ka0D00000004CXo"
},
"Id" : "ka0D00000004CXo"
} ]
130
Reference SObject User Password
Usage
Salesforce Knowledge must be enabled in your organization. The user must have the “View Articles” permission enabled. The articles
suggested include only the articles the user can access, based on the data categories and article types the user has permissions to view.
Articles are suggested based on a relevance algorithm. The suggestedArticles resource is designed to get the IDs of articles
relevant to a case, work order, or work order line item. It’s intended to be used with other services that then use the IDs to get article
data for display.
SObject User Password

Set, reset, or get information about a user password. This resource is available in REST API version 24.0 and later.
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/User/user ID/password
For managing passwords for self-service users, the URI is:
/vXX.X/sobjects/SelfServiceUser/self service user ID/password
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
HEAD, GET, POST, DELETE
Authentication
Parameters
None required
Example
For examples of getting password information, setting a password, and resetting a password, see Manage User Passwords on page
80.
Considerations
• If the session does not have permission to access the user information, an INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS error will be returned.
• When using this resource to set a new password, the new password must conform to the password policies for the organization,
otherwise you will get an INVALID_NEW_PASSWORD error response.
• You can only set one password per request.
• When you use the DELETE method of this resource, Salesforce will reset the user password to an auto-generated password,
which will be returned in the response.
Platform Event Schema by Event Name

Gets the definition of a platform event in JSON format for an event name.
Syntax
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/Event_Name/eventSchema
131
Reference Platform Event Schema by Event Name

40.0
Formats
JSON
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Parameters
payloadFormat (Optional query parameter. Available in API version 43.0 and later.) The format of the returned event
schema. This parameter can take one of the following values.
• EXPANDED—The JSON representation of the event schema, which is the default format when
payloadFormat is not specified in API version 43.0 and later.
• COMPACT—A format that adheres to the open-source Apache Avro specification for the record
complex type (see Apache Avro Format). Subscribers use the compact schema format to
deserialize compact events received in binary form.
Error Codes
400 Bad Request Description
In API version 43.0 The request was formatted incorrectly—an invalid value was passed for the payloadFormat parameter
and later in the URI.
In API version 42.0 The request was formatted incorrectly—the payloadFormat parameter was passed in the URI but this
and earlier API version doesn’t support this parameter.
Examples for API Version 43.0 and Later

This URI gets the schema of a platform event named Low_Ink__e. In API version 43.0 and later, the default response format is the
JSON representation of the event schema.
/services/data/v43.0/sobjects/Low_Ink__e/eventSchema
Or:
/services/data/v43.0/sobjects/Low_Ink__e/eventSchema?payloadFormat=EXPANDED
The returned response for the expanded format looks like the following in API version 43.0.
{
"name" : "Low_Ink__e",
"namespace" : "com.sforce.eventbus",
"type" : "expanded-record",
"fields" : [ {
132
"name" : "data",
"type" : {
"type" : "record",
"name" : "Data",
"namespace" : "",
"fields" : [ {
"name" : "schema",
"type" : "string"
}, {
"name" : "payload",
"type" : {
"type" : "record",
"name" : "Payload",
"doc" : "",
"fields" : [ {
"name" : "CreatedDate",
"type" : "string",
"doc" : "CreatedDate:DateTime"
}, {
"name" : "CreatedById",
"type" : "string",
"doc" : "CreatedBy:EntityId"
}, {
"name" : "Printer_Model__c",
"type" : [ "null", "string" ],
"doc" : "Data:Text",
"default" : null
}, {
"name" : "Serial_Number__c",
"default" : null
}, {
"name" : "Ink_Percentage__c",
"type" : [ "null", "double" ],
"doc" : "Data:Double",
"default" : null
} ]
}
}, {
"name" : "event",
"type" : {
"type" : "record",
"name" : "Event",
"fields" : [ {
"name" : "replayId",
"type" : "long"
} ]
}
} ]
}
}, {
"name" : "channel",
"type" : "string"
133
} ]
}
To get the compact (Apache Avro) format, use the following URI.
/services/data/v43.0/sobjects/Low_Ink__e/eventSchema?payloadFormat=COMPACT
The returned response for the compact format looks like the following in API version 43.0.
{
"doc" : "43.0",
"type" : "record",
"fields" : [ {
"type" : "long",
}, {
"type" : "string",
}, {
"default" : null
}, {
"default" : null
}, {
"default" : null
} ],
"uuid" : "5E5OtZj5_Gm6Vax9XMXH9A"
}
Note: The compact schema doesn’t include the replayId or channel fields because these fields are not necessary for
deserializing the compact event received.
Examples for API Version 42.0 and Earlier

In API version 42.0 and earlier, the response format adheres to the open-source Apache Avro specification for the record complex type.
Note: This format is what the API returns in API version 43.0 and later when appending the ?payloadFormat=COMPACT
parameter.
/services/data/v42.0/sobjects/Low_Ink__e/eventSchema
134
The returned response looks like the following in API version 42.0.
{
"doc" : "42.0",
"type" : "record",
"fields" : [ {
"type" : "long",
}, {
"type" : "string",
}, {
"default" : null
}, {
"default" : null
}, {
"default" : null
} ],
}
Note: When you change the definition of a platform event, the schema ID for this platform event changes.
Apache Avro Format

The fields in the returned response adhere to the open-source Apache Avro specification for the record complex type (see Avro Records
in the Apache Avro specification). Note the following:
• name is the name of the platform event.
• namespace corresponds to com.sforce.eventbus.
• type is the Avro complex type.
• fields is a JSON array containing the fields of the platform event. For each field, type indicates that the field can be either null
or have a value of the specified type. When the field is not present, the value is default. Also, doc is the field data type. The
data type information is used to convert DateTime fields from long to DateTime.
The response also includes the uuid field, which contains the schema’s ID. The ID is the MD5 fingerprint of the normalized Avro schema
encoded as a base-64 URL variant. You can append this ID to the /vXX.X/event/eventSchema/ URI to retrieve the schema.
135
Reference Platform Event Schema by Schema ID
Platform Event Schema by Schema ID

Gets the definition of a platform event in JSON format for a schema ID.
Syntax
URI
/vXX.X/event/eventSchema/Schema_ID
40.0
Formats
JSON
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Parameters
payloadFormat (Optional query parameter. Available in API version 43.0 and later.) The format of the returned event
schema. This parameter can take one of the following values.
• EXPANDED—The JSON representation of the event schema, which is the default format when
payloadFormat is not specified in API version 43.0 and later.
• COMPACT—A format that adheres to the open-source Apache Avro specification for the record
complex type (see Apache Avro Format). Subscribers use the compact schema format to
deserialize compact events received in binary form.
Error Codes
400 Bad Request Description
In API version 43.0 The request was formatted incorrectly—an invalid value was passed for the payloadFormat parameter
and later in the URI.
In API version 42.0 The request was formatted incorrectly—the payloadFormat parameter was passed in the URI but this
and earlier API version doesn’t support this parameter.
Examples for API Version 43.0 and Later

This URI gets the schema of a platform event whose schema ID is 5E5OtZj5_Gm6Vax9XMXH9A. This schema ID is a sample ID.
Replace it with a valid schema ID for your event.
/services/data/v43.0/event/eventSchema/5E5OtZj5_Gm6Vax9XMXH9A
136
Or:
/services/data/v43.0/event/eventSchema/5E5OtZj5_Gm6Vax9XMXH9A?payloadFormat=EXPANDED
In API version 43.0 and later, the response format is the JSON representation of the event schema by default. The returned response
looks like the following in API version 43.0.
{
"type" : "expanded-record",
"fields" : [ {
"name" : "data",
"type" : {
"type" : "record",
"name" : "Data",
"namespace" : "",
"fields" : [ {
"name" : "schema",
"type" : "string"
}, {
"name" : "payload",
"type" : {
"type" : "record",
"name" : "Payload",
"doc" : "",
"fields" : [ {
"type" : "string",
}, {
"type" : "string",
}, {
"default" : null
}, {
"default" : null
}, {
"default" : null
} ]
}
}, {
"name" : "event",
"type" : {
"type" : "record",
137
"name" : "Event",
"fields" : [ {
"name" : "replayId",
"type" : "long"
} ]
}
} ]
}
}, {
"name" : "channel",
"type" : "string"
} ]
}
To get the compact (Apache Avro) format, use the following URI.
/services/data/v43.0/event/eventSchema/5E5OtZj5_Gm6Vax9XMXH9A?payloadFormat=COMPACT
The returned response for the compact format looks like the following in API version 43.0.
{
"doc" : "43.0",
"type" : "record",
"fields" : [ {
"type" : "long",
}, {
"type" : "string",
}, {
"default" : null
}, {
"default" : null
}, {
"default" : null
} ],
}
Note: The compact schema doesn’t include the replayId or channel fields because these fields are not necessary for
deserializing the compact event received.
138
Example for API Version 42.0 and Earlier

In API version 42.0 and earlier, the response format adheres to the open-source Apache Avro specification for the record complex type.
Note: This format is what the API returns in API version 43.0 and later when appending the ?payloadFormat=COMPACT
parameter.
This URI gets the schema of a platform event whose schema ID is 5E5OtZj5_Gm6Vax9XMXH9A. This schema ID is a sample ID.
Replace it with a valid schema ID for your event.
/services/data/v42.0/event/eventSchema/5E5OtZj5_Gm6Vax9XMXH9A
The returned response looks like the following in API version 42.0.
{
"doc" : "42.0",
"type" : "record",
"fields" : [ {
"type" : "long",
}, {
"type" : "string",
}, {
"default" : null
}, {
"default" : null
}, {
"default" : null
} ],
}
Note: When you change the definition of a platform event, the schema ID for this platform event changes.
If you don’t have the schema ID, you can get the schema by supplying the platform event name. Make a GET request to
/vXX.X/sobjects/Event_Name/eventSchema. See Platform Event Schema by Event Name.
Apache Avro Format

The fields in the returned response adhere to the open-source Apache Avro specification for the record complex type (see Avro Records
in the Apache Avro specification). Note the following:
139
Reference AppMenu
• name is the name of the platform event.

• namespace corresponds to com.sforce.eventbus.
• type is the Avro complex type.
• fields is a JSON array containing the fields of the platform event. For each field, type indicates that the field can be either null
or have a value of the specified type. When the field is not present, the value is default. Also, doc is the field data type. The
data type information is used to convert DateTime fields from long to DateTime.
The response also includes the uuid field, which contains the schema’s ID. The ID is the MD5 fingerprint of the normalized Avro schema
encoded as a base-64 URL variant. You can append this ID to the /vXX.X/event/eventSchema/ URI to retrieve the schema.
AppMenu
Returns a list of items in either the Salesforce app drop-down menu or the Salesforce for Android, iOS, and mobile web navigation menu.
Syntax
URI
To return a list of the Salesforce app drop-down menu items, the URI is: /vXX.X/appMenu/AppSwitcher/
To return a list of the Salesforce for Android, iOS, and mobile web navigation menu items, the URI is:
/vXX.X/appMenu/Salesforce1/
29.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET, HEAD
Authentication
Request body
None
Request parameters
None required
Example
Getting appMenu types
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v29.0/appMenu/ -H "Authorization:

Bearer token"
Example response body for /vXX.X/appMenu/AppSwitcher/

{
"appMenuItems" : [ {
"type" : "Tabset",
"content" : null,
"icons" : null,
140
Reference AppMenu
"colors" : null,
"label" : "Sales",
"url" : "/home/home.jsp?tsid=02uxx00000056Sq"
}, {
"type" : "Tabset",
"content" : null,
"icons" : null,
"colors" : null,
"label" : "Service",
"url" : "/home/home.jsp?tsid=02uxx00000056Sr"
}, {
"type" : "Tabset",
"content" : null,
"icons" : null,
"colors" : null,
"label" : "Marketing",
"url" : "/home/home.jsp?tsid=02uxx00000056St"
}, {
"type" : "Tabset",
"content" : null,
"icons" : null,
"colors" : null,
"label" : "Salesforce Chatter",
"url" : "/home/home.jsp?tsid=02uxx00000056Su"
}, {
"type" : "Tabset",
"content" : null,
"icons" : null,
"colors" : null,
"label" : "Community",
"url" : "/home/home.jsp?tsid=02uxx00000056Sw"
}, {
"type" : "Tabset",
"content" : null,
"icons" : null,
"colors" : null,
"label" : "App Launcher",
"url" : "/app/mgmt/applauncher/appLauncher.apexp?tsid=02uxx00000056Sx"
} ]
}
Example response body for /vXX.X/appMenu/Salesforce1/

{
"appMenuItems" : [ {
"type" : "Standard.Search",
"content" : null,
"icons" : null,
"colors" : null,
"label" : "Smart Search Items",
"url" : "/search"
}, {
"type" : "Standard.MyDay",
"content" : null,
"icons" : null,
141
Reference AppMenu
"colors" : null,
"label" : "Today",
"url" : "/myDay"
}, {
"type" : "Standard.Tasks",
"content" : null,
"icons" : null,
"colors" : null,
"label" : "Tasks",
"url" : "/tasks"
}, {
"type" : "Standard.Dashboards",
"content" : null,
"icons" : null,
"colors" : null,
"label" : "Dashboards",
"url" : "/dashboards"
}, {
"type" : "Tab.flexiPage",
"content" : "MySampleFlexiPage",
"icons" : [ {
"contentType" : "image/png",
"width" : 32,
"height" : 32,
"theme" : "theme3",
"url" : "http://myorg.com/img/icon/custom51_100/bell32.png"
}, {
"width" : 16,
"height" : 16,
"theme" : "theme3",
"url" : "http://myorg.com/img/icon/custom51_100/bell16.png"
}, {
"contentType" : "image/svg+xml",
"width" : 0,
"height" : 0,
"theme" : "theme4",
"url" : "http://myorg.com/img/icon/t4/custom/custom53.svg"
}, {
"width" : 60,
"height" : 60,
"theme" : "theme4",
"url" : "http://myorg.com/img/icon/t4/custom/custom53_60.png"
}, {
"width" : 120,
"height" : 120,
"theme" : "theme4",
} ],
"colors" : [ {
"context" : "primary",
"color" : "FC4F59",
142
Reference AppMenu
"theme" : "theme4"
}, {
"color" : "FC4F59",
"theme" : "theme3"
} ],
"label" : "My App Home Page",
"url" : "/servlet/servlet.Integration?lid=01rxx0000000Vsd&ic=1"
}, {
"type" : "Tab.apexPage",
"content" : "/apex/myapexpage",
"icons" : [ {
"width" : 32,
"height" : 32,
"theme" : "theme3",
"url" : "http://myorg.com/img/icon/cash32.png"
}, {
"width" : 16,
"height" : 16,
"theme" : "theme3",
"url" : "http://myorg.com/img/icon/cash16.png"
}, {
"width" : 0,
"height" : 0,
"theme" : "theme4",
"url" : "http://myorg.com/img/icon/t4/custom/custom41.svg"
}, {
"width" : 60,
"height" : 60,
"theme" : "theme4",
}, {
"width" : 120,
"height" : 120,
"theme" : "theme4",
} ],
"colors" : [ {
"color" : "3D8D8D",
"theme" : "theme4"
}, {
"color" : "3D8D8D",
"theme" : "theme3"
} ],
"label" : "label",
"url" : "/servlet/servlet.Integration?lid=01rxx0000000Vyb&ic=1"
143
Reference Compact Layouts
} ]
}
Compact Layouts
Returns a list of compact layouts for multiple objects. This resource is available in REST API version 31.0 and later.
This resource returns the primary compact layout for a set of objects. The set of objects is specified using a query parameter. Up to 100
objects can be queried at once.
Note: PersonAccount isn’t supported for bulk queries. If you want to get the primary compact layout for PersonAccount, get it
directly from
/services/data/v31.0/sobjects/Account/describe/compactLayouts/primaryPersonAccount.
Syntax
URI
/vXX.X/compactLayouts?q=object list
31.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Request parameters
q A comma-delimited list of objects. The primary compact layout for each object in this
list will be returned in the response of this resource.
Example
Request for getting compact layouts for multiple objects
/services/data/v31.0/compactLayouts?q=Account,Contact,CustomObj__c
Response for compact layouts for multiple objects

{
"Account" : {
"actions" : [ {
"behavior" : null,
"content" : null,
"contentSource" : null,
"custom" : false,
144
Reference Compact Layouts
"encoding" : null,
"height" : null,
"icons" : null,
"label" : "Call",
"menubar" : false,
"name" : "CallHighlightAction",
"overridden" : false,
"resizeable" : false,
"scrollbars" : false,
"showsLocation" : false,
"showsStatus" : false,
"toolbar" : false,
"url" : null,
"width" : null,
"windowPosition" : null
},
...
"id" : "0AHD000000000AbOAI",
"label" : "Custom Account Compact Layout",
"name" : "Custom_Account_Compact_Layout"
},
"Contact" : {
"actions" : [ {
"behavior" : null,
"content" : null,
"custom" : false,
"encoding" : null,
"height" : null,
"icons" : null,
"label" : "Call",
"menubar" : false,
"toolbar" : false,
"url" : null,
"width" : null,
},
...
"id" : null,
"label" : "System Default",
"name" : "SYSTEM"
}
"CustomObj__c" : {
"actions" : [ {
"behavior" : null,
"content" : null,
"custom" : false,
145
Reference Consent
"encoding" : null,
"height" : null,
"icons" : null,
"label" : "Call",
"menubar" : false,
"toolbar" : false,
"url" : null,
"width" : null,
},
...
"id" : null,
"imageItems" : null,
"label" : "System Default",
"name" : "SYSTEM"
}
}
Consent
Your users can store consent preferences in different locations and possibly inconsistently. You can locate your customers’ preferences
for consent across multiple records when using API version 44.0 and later. Tracking consent preferences helps you and your users respect
the most restrictive requests.
Consent API aggregates consent settings across the Contact, Contact Point Type Consent, Data Use Purpose, Individual, Lead, Person
Account, and User objects when the records have a lookup relationship. The Consent API can't locate records in which the email address
field is protected by Platform Encryption.
The API returns consent details based on a single action, like email or track, or—starting with API version 45.0—the multiaction endpoint
allows you to request multiple actions in a single API call.
Syntax
URI
/services/data/vXX.0/consent/action/action?ids=list_of_Ids
/services/data/vXX.0/consent/multiaction?actions=list_of_actions&ids=list_of_Ids
(Available in API version 45.0 and later.)
44.0
Formats
JSON
HTTP methods
GET
146
Reference Consent
Authentication
Request body
None
Request parameters
actions Comma-separated list of proposed actions. This required parameter applies only to
the multiaction endpoint.
This parameter is available in API version 45.0 and later.
If this is used, action cannot be used.
aggregatedConsent Optional: true or false. aggregatedConsent is the same as

aggregatedConsent=true. If true, one result is returned indicating whether
to proceed or not, rather than a result for each ID. If any ID in the list returns false, the
aggregated result is false.
datetime Optional. The timestamp for which consent is determined. The value is converted to
the UTC timezone and must be specified in ISO 8601 format. If not specified, defaults
to the current date and time.
ids Required. Comma-separated list of IDs. The ID can be the record ID or the email address
listed on the record.
purpose Optional. The reason for contacting a customer.
verbose Optional: true or false. verbose is the same as verbose=true. Verbose responses
are slower than non-verbose responses. See the examples for a verbose response.
Action
Allowed values are:
• email
• fax
• geotrack
• mailing
• phone
• portability
• process
• profile
• shouldForget
• social
• solicit
• storePiiElsewhere
• track
147
Reference Consent
• web
If action is used, actions cannot be used.
Note: When you select email as the action, the API only aggregates consent for records that contain the same email address.
If the record ID specified in the URI is associated with a record that contains a different email address, the consent settings of
the associated record aren’t included in the API response.
Examples
Simple URI structure
/services/data/v44.0/consent/action/track?ids=003xx000004TxyY,00Qxx00000syyO,003zz000004zzZ
Multiaction URI structure

/services/data/v44.0/consent/multiaction?actions=track,geotrack,email&ids=003xx000008TiyY,00Qxx00000skwO,[email protected]
Email addresses as IDs, specified purpose and timespan, and a verbose response
/services/data/v46.0/consent/action/[email protected],[email protected]&datetime=2018-12-12T00:00:00Z&purpose=billing&verbose=true
Response
{
"[email protected]" : {
"result" : "Success",
"proceed" : {
"email" : "true"
"emailResult" : "Success"
},
"explanation" : [ {
"objectConsulted" : "ContactTypePointConsent",
"status" : "opt_in",
"purpose" : "billing",
"recordId" : "003xx000004TxyY",
"value" : "true"
},{
"objectConsulted" : "Contact",
"field" : "HasOptedOutOfTracking",
"recordId" : "1",
"value" : "true"
}]
},
"[email protected]" : {
"result" : "Success",
"proceed" : {
"email" : "false"
"emailResult" : "Success"
},
"explanation" : [ {
"objectConsulted" : "Contact",
"field" : "HasOptedOutOfEmail",
"recordId" : "00Qxx00000skwO",
"value" : "true"
} ]
148
Reference Consent
}
}
Security
To call Consent API, you must have either the View All Data or the Allow User Access to Privacy Data user permission. Requiring a perm
ensures that the System Administrator gives explicit permission. This API accesses org-wide consent data, such as links between records
and the value of consent flags, not just records to which the user ordinarily has access.
Usage
The following table shows how the API responses are determined. If the consulted fields find conflicting consent preferences, the response
returns the least permissive preference. For example, if Contact.HasOptedOutOfEmail is false, but Lead.HasOptedOutOfEmail is true,
the response indicates that you can’t proceed with emailing the user.
When you select email as the action, the API only aggregates consent for records that contain the same email address. If the record ID
specified in the URI is associated with a record that contains a different email address, the consent settings of the associated record aren’t
included in the API response.
Note: When the API compares consent settings across records, it doesn’t incorporate settings from converted leads.
Action Fields Consulted API Response Response Schema
email Contact.HasOptedOutOfEmail Within the time range {

ContactPointTypeConsent.ContactPointType if specified in "<ID/Email>" :
ContactPointTypeConsent:
ContactPointTypeConsent.EffectiveFrom {
Returns TRUE if all
ContactPointTypeConsent.EffectiveTo consulted field values "result" : "<Success/errormessage>",
ContactPointTypeConsent.PrivacyConsentStatus are 0. "proceed" : { "emailResult" : "<Success/errormessage>",
DataUsePurpose.Name Returns FALSE if any email : “<true/false>” }
consulted field value is }
Lead.HasOptedOutOfEmail
1 or if no related
PersonAccount.HasOptedOutOfEmail Contact, Contact Point }
Type Consent, Lead, or
Person Account object
exists.
fax Contact.HasOptedOutOfFax Returns TRUE if all {

DataUsePurpose.Name consulted field values "<ID/Email>" :
are 0.
Lead.HasOptedOutOfFax {
Returns FALSE if any
PersonAccount.HasOptedOutOfFax consulted field value is "result" : "<Success/errormessage>",
1 or if no related "proceed" : { "faxResult" : "<Success/errormessage>", fax
Contact, Lead, or : "<true/false>" }
Person Account object }
exists.
}
149
Reference Consent
geotrack DataUsePurpose.Name Returns TRUE if the {

Individual.HasOptedOutGeoTracking consulted field value is "<ID/Email>" :
0.
{
Returns FALSE if the
consulted field value is "result" : "<Success/errormessage>",
1 or if no related "proceed" : { "geotrackResult" : "<Success/errormessage>",
Individual object exists. "geotrack" : "<true/false>" }
}
}
mailing ContactPointTypeConsent.ContactPointType Within the time range {

ContactPointTypeConsent.EffectiveFrom if specified in "<ID/Email>" :
ContactPointTypeConsent.EffectiveTo {
Returns TRUE if all
ContactPointTypeConsent.PrivacyConsentStatus consulted field values "result" : "<Success/errormessage>",
DataUsePurpose.Name are 0. "proceed" : { "mailingResult" : "<Success/errormessage>",
Returns FALSE if any "mailing" : "<true/false>" }
1 or if no related }
Contact, Contact Point
exists.
phone Contact.DoNotCall Within the time range {

ContactPointTypeConsent.ContactPointType if specified in "<ID/Email>" :
ContactPointTypeConsent.EffectiveFrom {
Returns TRUE if all
ContactPointTypeConsent.EffectiveTo consulted field values "result" : "<Success/errormessage>",
ContactPointTypeConsent.PrivacyConsentStatus are 0. "proceed" : { "phoneResult" : "<Success/errormessage>",
DataUsePurpose.Name Returns FALSE if any "phone" : "<true/false>" }
Lead.DoNotCall
1 or if no related
PersonAccount.DoNotCall }
exists.
portability DataUsePurpose.Name Returns TRUE if the {

Individual.SendIndividualData consulted field value is "<ID/Email>" :
1.
{
0 or if no related
Individual object exists.
150
Reference Consent
"proceed" : { "portabilityResult" :
"<Success/errormessage>", "portability" : "<true/false>"
}
}
}
process DataUsePurpose.Name Returns TRUE if the {

Individual.HasOptedOutProcessing consulted field value is "<ID/Email>" :
0.
{
1 or if no related "proceed" : { "processResult" : "<Success/errormessage>",
Individual object exists. "process" : "<true/false>" }
}
}
profile DataUsePurpose.Name Returns TRUE if the {

Individual.HasOptedOutProfiling consulted field value is "<ID/Email>" :
0.
{
1 or if no related "proceed" : { "profileResult" : "<Success/errormessage>",
Individual object exists. "profile" : "<true/false>" }
}
}
shouldForget DataUsePurpose.Name Returns TRUE if the {

Individual.ShouldForget consulted field value is "<ID/Email>" :
1.
{
0 or if no related "proceed" : { "shouldForgetResult" :
Individual object exists. "<Success/errormessage>", "shouldForget" :
"<true/false>" }
}
}
social ContactPointTypeConsent.ContactPointType Within the time range {

Returns TRUE if all
consulted field values
are 0.
151
Reference Consent
ContactPointTypeConsent.PrivacyConsentStatus Returns FALSE if any "result" : "<Success/errormessage>",

DataUsePurpose.Name consulted field value is "proceed" : { "socialResult" : "<Success/errormessage>",
1 or if no related "social" : "<true/false>" }
Type Consent, Lead, or }
Person Account object }
exists.
solicit DataUsePurpose.Name Returns TRUE if the {

Individual.HasOptedOutSolicit consulted field value is "<ID/Email>" :
0.
{
1 or if no related "proceed" : { "solicitResult" : "<Success/errormessage>",
Individual object exists. "solicit" : "<true/false>" }
}
}
storePIIElsewhere DataUsePurpose.Name Returns TRUE if the {

Individual.CanStorePiiElsewhere consulted field value is "<ID/Email>" :
1.
{
0 or if no related "proceed" : { "storePIIElsewhereResult" :
Individual object exists. "<Success/errormessage>", "storePIIElsewhere" :
"<true/false>" }
}
}
track DataUsePurpose.Name Returns TRUE if the {

Individual.HasOptedOutTracking consulted field value is "<ID/Email>" :
0.
{
1 or if no related "proceed" : { "trackResult" : "<Success/errormessage>",
Individual object exists. "track" : "<true/false>" }
}
}
web ContactPointTypeConsent.ContactPointType Within the time range {

152
Reference Embedded Service Configuration Describe
ContactPointTypeConsent.PrivacyConsentStatus Returns TRUE if all "result" : "<Success/errormessage>",

DataUsePurpose.Name consulted field values "proceed" : { "webResult" : "<Success/errormessage>",
are 0. "web" : "<true/false>" }
Returns FALSE if any }
consulted field value is
1 or if no related }
exists.
Embedded Service Configuration Describe

Retrieves the values for your Embedded Service deployment configuration, including the branding colors, font, and site URL.
Syntax
URI
/services/data/vXX.X/support/embeddedservice/configuration/EmbeddedServiceConfigDeveloperName
45.0
Formats
JSON
HTTP methods
GET, HEAD
Authentication
You must be logged in to the account that owns the EmbeddedServiceConfigDeveloperName you are querying.
Request parameters
None
Example
Retrieving the values for the Embedded Service deployment TestOne
/services/data/v45.0/support/embeddedservice/configuration/TestOne
JSON Response body

This sample JSON response is for an Embedded Chat deployment. The JSON response for another Embedded Service feature, such as
an embedded flow, will have different values.
{
"embeddedServiceConfig" : {
"areGuestUsersAllowed" : false,
"authMethod" : "CustomLogin",
"embeddedServiceBranding" : {
153
Reference Invocable Actions
"contrastInvertedColor" : "#ffffff",
"contrastPrimaryColor" : "#333333",
"font" : "Salesforce Sans",
"height" : 498,
"navBarColor" : "#222222",
"primaryColor" : "#222222",
"secondaryColor" : "#005290",
"width" : 320
},
"embeddedServiceLiveAgent" : {
"avatarImg" : "",
"embeddedServiceQuickActions" : [ {
"order" : 1,
"quickActionDefinition" : "Snapins_Case_OfflineCaseQuickAction_08hRM00000000cC",
"quickActionType" : "OfflineCase"
}, {
"order" : 1,
"quickActionDefinition" : "Snapins_Contact_PrechatQuickAction_08hRM00000000RC",
"quickActionType" : "Prechat"
}, {
"order" : 2,
"quickActionDefinition" : "Snapins_Case_PrechatQuickAction_08hRM00000000RC",
"quickActionType" : "Prechat"
} ],
"enabled" : true,
"fontSize" : "Medium",
"headerBackgroundImg" : "https://google.com/img/headerBgImgUrl.png",
"isOfflineCaseEnabled" : true,
"isQueuePositionEnabled" : true,
"liveChatButton" : "573RM0000004GGf",
"liveChatDeployment" : "572RM0000004CDV",
"offlineCaseBackgroundImg" : "https://google.com/img/offlineBgImgUrl.png",
"prechatBackgroundImg" : "https://google.com/img/prechatBgImgUrl.png",
"prechatEnabled" : true,
"scenario" : "Service",
"smallCompanyLogoImg" : "https://google.com/img/logoImgUrl.png",
"waitingStateBackgroundImg" : "https://google.com/img/bgImgUrl.png"
},
"shouldHideAuthDialog" : false,
"siteUrl" : "https://snapins-15f082fb956-15fbc261d27.stmfa.stm.force.com/napili2"
}
}
Invocable Actions
Represents a standard or custom invocable action.
Use actions to add more functionality to your applications. Choose from standard actions, such as posting to Chatter or sending email,
or create actions based on your company’s needs.
This resource is available in REST API version 32.0 and later.
154
Reference Invocable Actions
Syntax
URI
Get a list of custom actions:
/vXX.X/actions
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Methods
GET, POST
Authentication
Parameters
None
Example
Using GET to retrieve a list of general action types for the current organization:
/services/data/v32.0/actions
JSON Response body

{
"standard" : "/services/data/v32.0/actions/standard",
"custom" : "/services/data/v32.0/actions/custom"
}
Example
Using POST to send a simple email message:
/services/data/v32.0/actions/standard/emailSimple
JSON Request body

{
"inputs" : [ {
"emailAddresses" : "[email protected]",
"emailSubject" : "Note",
"emailBody" : "Message of the day.",
"senderAddress" : "[email protected]"
} ]
}
JSON Response body

{
"actionName" : "emailSimple",
"errors" : null,
"isSuccess" : true,
"outputValues" : null
}
Standard actions return their name in actionName. The value of actionName varies for custom actions.
155
Reference Standard Invocable Actions
Action actionName value
Flow The flow name
Apex The class’s invocable method name
Quick action <object name>.<quick action name>

For a global quick action, there’s no <object name>. prefix.
Email alert <object name>.<email alert name>
For more information about actions, see the Actions Developer Guide.
Standard Invocable Actions

Returns the list of actions that can be statically invoked. You can also get basic information for each type of action.
Syntax
URI
Get a list of standard actions:
/vXX.X/actions/standard
Formats
JSON
HTTP Methods
GET, HEAD, POST
Authentication
Parameters
None
Notes
The Post to Chatter action supports the following features using a special format in the body post.
• @mentions using @[<id>]
• Topics using #[<topicString>]
For example, the string Hi @[005000000000001] check this out #[some_topic]. is stored appropriately as
Hi @Joe, check this out #some_topic. where “@Joe” and “#some_topic” are links to the user and topic, respectively.
Examples
Retrieving a list of standard actions for the current organization
/services/data/v46.0/actions/standard
156
JSON Response body

{
"actions" : [ {
"label" : "Post to Chatter",
"name" : "chatterPost",
"type" : "CHATTERPOST",
"url" : "/services/data/v46.0/actions/standard/chatterPost"
}, {
"label" : "Enable Folder Support for a Content Workspace (Library)",
"name" : "contentWorkspaceEnableFolders",
"type" : "CONTENTWORKSPACE_ENABLE_FOLDERS",
"url" : "/services/data/v46.0/actions/standard/contentWorkspaceEnableFolders"
}, {
"name" : "emailSimple",
"type" : "EMAILSIMPLE",
"url" : "/services/data/v46.0/actions/standard/emailSimple"
}, {
"label" : "Submit for Approval",
"name" : "submit",
"type" : "SUBMITAPPROVAL",
"url" : "/services/data/v46.0/actions/standard/submit"
}, {
"label" : "Deactivate Session-Based Permission Set",
"name" : "deactivateSessionPermSet",
"type" : "DEACTIVATE_SESSION_PERM_SET",
"url" : "/services/data/v46.0/actions/standard/deactivateSessionPermSet"
}, {
"label" : "Activate Session-Based Permission Set",
"name" : "activateSessionPermSet",
"type" : "ACTIVATE_SESSION_PERM_SET",
"url" : "/services/data/v46.0/actions/standard/activateSessionPermSet"
}, {
"label" : "Choose Price Book",
"name" : "choosePricebook",
"type" : "CHOOSE_PRICEBOOK",
"url" : "/services/data/v46.0/actions/standard/choosePricebook"
}, {
"label" : "Routing Address Verification",
"name" : "routingAddressVerification",
"type" : "ROUTING_ADDRESS_VERIFICATION",
"url" : "/services/data/v46.0/actions/standard/routingAddressVerification"
}, {
"label" : "Create Customer Contact Request",
"name" : "contactRequestAction",
"type" : "CONTACT_REQUEST_ACTION",
"url" : "/services/data/v46.0/actions/standard/contactRequestAction"
}, {
"label" : "Publish Managed Content Release",
"name" : "managedContentReleasePublish",
"type" : "MANAGED_CONTENT_RELEASE_PUBLISH",
"url" : "/services/data/v46.0/actions/standard/managedContentReleasePublish"
157
} ]
}
Get the attributes of a single standard action, for example, emailSimple

/services/data/v46.0/actions/standard/emailSimple
JSON Response body
{
"category" : "Email",
"description" : "Send an email where you specify the subject, body, and recipients.",
"inputs" : [ {
"apexClass" : null,
"byteLength" : 0,
"description" : "Optional. The email recipients specified as a comma-separated list.",
"label" : "Email Addresses (comma-separated)",

"maxOccurs" : 1,
"name" : "emailAddresses",
"picklistValues" : null,
"required" : false,
"sobjectType" : null,
"type" : "STRING"
}, {
"apexClass" : null,
"byteLength" : 0,
"description" : "Optional. The email recipients specified as a collection of Strings.",
"label" : "Email Addresses (collection)",

"maxOccurs" : 5,
"name" : "emailAddressesArray",
"required" : false,
"type" : "STRING"
}, {
"apexClass" : null,
"byteLength" : 0,
"description" : "Optional. Who the email is from. Defaults to the current user.",
"label" : "Sender Type",
"maxOccurs" : 1,
"name" : "senderType",
"required" : false,
"type" : "STRING"
}, {
"apexClass" : null,
"byteLength" : 0,
"description" : "Optional. The org-wide email address to be used as the sender.",
"label" : "Sender Address",
"maxOccurs" : 1,
"name" : "senderAddress",
"required" : false,
158
Reference Custom Invocable Actions
"type" : "STRING"
}, {
"apexClass" : null,
"byteLength" : 0,
"description" : "Required. The email's subject.",
"label" : "Subject",
"maxOccurs" : 1,
"name" : "emailSubject",
"required" : true,
"type" : "STRING"
}, {
"apexClass" : null,
"byteLength" : 0,
"description" : "Required. The body of the email in plain text.",
"label" : "Body",
"maxOccurs" : 1,
"name" : "emailBody",
"required" : true,
"type" : "TEXTAREA"
} ],
"name" : "emailSimple",
"outputs" : [ ],
"standard" : true,
"targetEntityName" : null,
"type" : "EMAILSIMPLE"
}
Custom Invocable Actions

Returns the list of all custom actions. You can also get basic information for each type of action.
Syntax
URI
Get a list of custom actions:
/vXX.X/actions/custom
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Methods
GET, HEAD, POST
Authentication
159
Reference Custom Invocable Actions
Parameters
None
Notes
Sending email with the emailAlert action counts against your daily email limit for workflows. For more information, see “Daily
Allocations for Email Alerts” in the Salesforce Help.
When invoking an Apex action using the POST method and supplying the inputs in the request, only the following primitive types
are supported as inputs:
• Blob
• Boolean
• Date
• Datetime
• Decimal
• Double
• ID
• Integer
• Long
• String
• Time
Describe and invoke for an Apex action respect the profile access for the Apex class. If you don’t have access an error is issued.
If you add an Apex action to a flow, and then remove the Invocable Method annotation from the Apex class, a runtime error in the
flow occurs.
When a flow user invokes an autolaunched flow, the active flow version is run. If there’s no active version, the latest version is run.
When a flow admin invokes a flow, the latest version is always run.
If any of the following elements are used in a flow, packageable components that reference these elements aren’t automatically
included in the package.
• Apex action
• Email alerts
• Post to Chatter core action
• Quick Action core action
• Send Email core action
• Submit for Approval core action
For example, if you use an email alert, manually add the email template that is used by that email alert. To deploy the package
successfully, manually add those referenced components to the package.
Example
Retrieving a list of custom actions for the current organization:
/services/data/v33.0/actions/custom
JSON Response body

{
"quickAction" : "/services/data/v33.0/actions/custom/quickAction",
"apex" : "/services/data/v33.0/actions/custom/apex",
160
Reference List View Describe
"emailAlert" : "/services/data/v33.0/actions/custom/emailAlert",
"flow" : "/services/data/v33.0/actions/custom/flow"
}
List View Describe

Returns detailed information about a list view, including the ID, the columns, and the SOQL query.
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/{sobjectType}/listviews/{queryLocator}/describe
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Parameters
None
Example:
Retrieving information about a list view
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcBeMAK/describe
JSON Response body

{
"columns" : [ {
"ascendingLabel" : "Z-A",
"descendingLabel" : "A-Z",
"fieldNameOrPath" : "Name",
"hidden" : false,
"selectListItem" : "Name",
"sortDirection" : "ascending",
"sortIndex" : 0,
"sortable" : true,
"type" : "string"
}, {
"fieldNameOrPath" : "Site",
"hidden" : false,
"selectListItem" : "Site",
"sortDirection" : null,
"sortIndex" : null,
161
"sortable" : true,
"type" : "string"
}, {
"fieldNameOrPath" : "BillingState",
"hidden" : false,
"label" : "Billing State/Province",
"selectListItem" : "BillingState",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : true,
"type" : "string"
}, {
"ascendingLabel" : "9-0",
"descendingLabel" : "0-9",
"fieldNameOrPath" : "Phone",
"hidden" : false,
"label" : "Phone",
"selectListItem" : "Phone",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : true,
"type" : "phone"
}, {
"ascendingLabel" : "Low to High",
"descendingLabel" : "High to Low",
"fieldNameOrPath" : "Type",
"hidden" : false,
"label" : "Type",
"selectListItem" : "toLabel(Type)",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : true,
"type" : "picklist"
}, {
"fieldNameOrPath" : "Owner.Alias",
"hidden" : false,
"selectListItem" : "Owner.Alias",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : true,
"type" : "string"
}, {
"ascendingLabel" : null,
"descendingLabel" : null,
"fieldNameOrPath" : "Id",
"hidden" : true,
"selectListItem" : "Id",
162
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : false,
"type" : "id"
}, {
"fieldNameOrPath" : "CreatedDate",
"hidden" : true,
"label" : "Created Date",
"selectListItem" : "CreatedDate",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : false,
"type" : "datetime"
}, {
"fieldNameOrPath" : "LastModifiedDate",
"hidden" : true,
"label" : "Last Modified Date",
"selectListItem" : "LastModifiedDate",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : false,
"type" : "datetime"
}, {
"fieldNameOrPath" : "SystemModstamp",
"hidden" : true,
"label" : "System Modstamp",
"selectListItem" : "SystemModstamp",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : false,
"type" : "datetime"
} ],
"id" : "00BD0000005WcBe",
"orderBy" : [ {
"nullsPosition" : "first",
"sortDirection" : "ascending"
}, {
"nullsPosition" : "first",
"sortDirection" : "ascending"
} ],
"query" : "SELECT name, site, billingstate, phone, tolabel(type), owner.alias,
id, createddate, lastmodifieddate, systemmodstamp FROM Account WHERE CreatedDate =
THIS_WEEK ORDER BY Name ASC NULLS FIRST, Id ASC NULLS FIRST",
"scope" : null,
"sobjectType" : "Account",
"whereCondition" : {
"field" : "CreatedDate",
163
Reference List View Results
"operator" : "equals",
"values" : [ "THIS_WEEK" ]
}
}
List View Results

Executes the SOQL query for the list view and returns the resulting data and presentation information.
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/{sobjectType}/listviews/{listViewID}/results
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Parameters
limit The maximum number of records to return, between 1-2000.
The default value is 25.
offset The first record to return. Use this parameter to paginate the
results. The default value is 1.
Example:
Retrieving results from a specific list view
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCNMA0/results
JSON Response body

{
"columns" : [ {
"hidden" : false,
"selectListItem" : "Name",
"sortDirection" : "ascending",
"sortIndex" : 0,
"sortable" : true,
164
"type" : "string"
}, {
"hidden" : false,
"selectListItem" : "Site",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : true,
"type" : "string"
}, {
"hidden" : false,
"label" : "Billing State/Province",
"selectListItem" : "BillingState",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : true,
"type" : "string"
}, {
"ascendingLabel" : "9-0",
"descendingLabel" : "0-9",
"hidden" : false,
"label" : "Phone",
"selectListItem" : "Phone",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : true,
"type" : "phone"
}, {
"ascendingLabel" : "Low to High",
"descendingLabel" : "High to Low",
"hidden" : false,
"label" : "Type",
"selectListItem" : "toLabel(Type)",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : true,
"type" : "picklist"
}, {
"hidden" : false,
"selectListItem" : "Owner.Alias",
"sortIndex" : null,
165
"sortable" : true,
"type" : "string"
}, {
"hidden" : true,
"selectListItem" : "Id",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : false,
"type" : "id"
}, {
"hidden" : true,
"label" : "Created Date",
"selectListItem" : "CreatedDate",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : false,
"type" : "datetime"
}, {
"hidden" : true,
"label" : "Last Modified Date",
"selectListItem" : "LastModifiedDate",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : false,
"type" : "datetime"
}, {
"hidden" : true,
"label" : "System Modstamp",
"selectListItem" : "SystemModstamp",
"sortIndex" : null,
"sortable" : false,
"type" : "datetime"
} ],
"developerName" : "MyAccounts",
"done" : true,
"id" : "00BD0000005WcCN",
"label" : "My Accounts",
"records" : [ {
"columns" : [ {
166
"value" : "Burlington Textiles Corp of America"

}, {
"value" : null
}, {
"value" : "NC"
}, {
"value" : "(336) 222-7000"
}, {
"value" : "Customer - Direct"
}, {
"value" : "TUser"
}, {
"value" : "001D000000JliSTIAZ"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
} ]
}, {
"columns" : [ {
"value" : "Dickenson plc"
}, {
"value" : null
}, {
"value" : "KS"
}, {
"value" : "(785) 241-6200"
}, {
"value" : "Customer - Channel"
}, {
"value" : "TUser"
}, {
"value" : "001D000000JliSVIAZ"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
167
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
} ]
}, {
"columns" : [ {
"value" : "Edge Communications"
}, {
"value" : null
}, {
"value" : "TX"
}, {
"value" : "(512) 757-6000"
}, {
}, {
"value" : "TUser"
}, {
"value" : "001D000000JliSSIAZ"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
} ]
}, {
"columns" : [ {
"value" : "Express Logistics and Transport"
}, {
"value" : null
}, {
"value" : "OR"
}, {
"value" : "(503) 421-7800"
}, {
168

}, {
"value" : "TUser"
}, {
"value" : "001D000000JliSXIAZ"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
} ]
}, {
"columns" : [ {
"value" : "GenePoint"
}, {
"value" : null
}, {
"value" : "CA"
}, {
"value" : "(650) 867-3450"
}, {
}, {
"value" : "TUser"
}, {
"value" : "001D000000JliSPIAZ"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
} ]
}, {
"columns" : [ {
"value" : "Grand Hotels and Resorts Ltd"
}, {
169
"value" : null
}, {
"value" : "IL"
}, {
"value" : "(312) 596-1000"
}, {
}, {
"value" : "TUser"
}, {
"value" : "001D000000JliSWIAZ"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
} ]
}, {
"columns" : [ {
"value" : "Pyramid Construction Inc."
}, {
"value" : null
}, {
"value" : null
}, {
"value" : "(014) 427-4427"
}, {
}, {
"value" : "TUser"
}, {
"value" : "001D000000JliSUIAZ"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
170
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"

}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
} ]
}, {
"columns" : [ {
"value" : "sForce"
}, {
"value" : null
}, {
"value" : "CA"
}, {
"value" : "(415) 901-7000"
}, {
"value" : null
}, {
"value" : "TUser"
}, {
"value" : "001D000000JliSaIAJ"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
} ]
}, {
"columns" : [ {
"value" : "United Oil and Gas Corp."
}, {
"value" : null
}, {
"value" : "NY"
}, {
"value" : "(212) 842-5500"
}, {
}, {
171
"value" : "TUser"
}, {
"value" : "001D000000JliSZIAZ"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
} ]
}, {
"columns" : [ {
"value" : "United Oil and Gas, Singapore"
}, {
"value" : null
}, {
"value" : "Singapore"
}, {
"value" : "(650) 450-8810"
}, {
}, {
"value" : "TUser"
}, {
"value" : "001D000000JliSRIAZ"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
} ]
}, {
"columns" : [ {
"value" : "United Oil and Gas, UK"
}, {
"value" : null
172
}, {
"value" : "UK"
}, {
"value" : "+44 191 4956203"
}, {
}, {
"value" : "TUser"
}, {
"value" : "001D000000JliSQIAZ"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
} ]
}, {
"columns" : [ {
"value" : "University of Arizona"
}, {
"value" : null
}, {
"value" : "AZ"
}, {
"value" : "(520) 773-9050"
}, {
}, {
"value" : "TUser"
}, {
"value" : "001D000000JliSYIAZ"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
}, {
173
Reference List Views
"value" : "Fri Aug 01 21:15:46 GMT 2014"
} ]
} ],
"size" : 12
}
List Views
Returns the list of list views for the specified sObject, including the ID and other basic information about each list view. You can also get
basic information for a specific list view by ID.
URI
Get a list of list views:
/vXX.X/sobjects/{sobjectType}/listviews
Get basic information about one list view:
/vXX.X/sobjects/{sobjectType}/listviews/{listViewID}
31.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Methods
GET
Authentication
Parameters
None
Example:
Retrieving a list of list views for the Account object
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews
JSON Response body

{
"done" : true,
"listviews" : [ {
"describeUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcBeMAK/describe",
"developerName" : "NewThisWeek",
"id" : "00BD0000005WcBeMAK",
"label" : "New This Week",
"resultsUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcBeMAK/results",
174
Reference List Views
"soqlCompatible" : true,
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcBeMAK"
}, {
"describeUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcBpMAK/describe",
"developerName" : "NewLastWeek",
"id" : "00BD0000005WcBpMAK",
"label" : "New Last Week",
"resultsUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcBpMAK/results",
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcBpMAK"
}, {
"describeUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcC6MAK/describe",
"developerName" : "PlatinumandGoldSLACustomers",
"id" : "00BD0000005WcC6MAK",
"label" : "Platinum and Gold SLA Customers",
"resultsUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcC6MAK/results",
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcC6MAK"
}, {
"describeUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCEMA0/describe",
"developerName" : "RecentlyViewedAccounts",
"id" : "00BD0000005WcCEMA0",
"label" : "Recently Viewed Accounts",
"resultsUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCEMA0/results",
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCEMA0"
}, {
"describeUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCFMA0/describe",
"developerName" : "AllAccounts",
"id" : "00BD0000005WcCFMA0",
"label" : "All Accounts",
"resultsUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCFMA0/results",
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCFMA0"
}, {
"describeUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCNMA0/describe",
"id" : "00BD0000005WcCNMA0",
"resultsUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCNMA0/results",
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCNMA0"
} ],
"nextRecordsUrl" : null,
175
Reference Support Knowledge with REST API
"size" : 6,
"sobjectType" : "Account"
}
Retrieving basic information about one list view

Use the ID of a list view to get basic information about a specific list view.
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcBeMAK
JSON Response body

{
"describeUrl" :
"id" : "00BD0000005WcBeMAK",
"resultsUrl" :
}
Support Knowledge with REST API

Knowledge Support REST APIs allow both authorized and guest users to retrieve the user’s visible data categories and their associated
articles.
Authenticated users need the UserProfile.apiEnabled permission, Knowledge enabled in the organization, read rights on
the article type, and any other knowledge specific permission or preference that controls visibility to articles.
Guest users need the Guest Access to the Support API preference enabled on the relevant Site, Knowledge enabled in
the organization, and read rights on the article type and article channel that controls the visibility for guest users.
Syntax
The root endpoint for all Knowledge support APIs that can be open to guest users.
38.0
Method
GET
Formats
JSON, XML
Authentication
OAuth accesstoken
Endpoint
<prefix>/support
176
Reference Data Category Groups
HTTP headers
Accept: Optional. Can be either application/json or application/xml.
Input
None
Output
The following resources are related to Knowledge.
{
"dataCategoryGroups" : "/services/data/vxx.0/support/dataCategoryGroups",
"knowledgeArticles" : "/services/data/vxx.0/support/knowledgeArticles"
:
}
Where vxx.0 is the API version you requested.
IN THIS SECTION:
Data Category Groups
Get data category groups that are visible to the current user.
Data Category Detail
Get data category details and the child categories by a given category.
Articles List
Get a page of online articles for the given language and category through either search or query.
Articles Details
Get all online article fields, accessible to the user.
Data Category Groups

Get data category groups that are visible to the current user.
Syntax
38.0
Method
GET
Formats
JSON, XML
Authentication
OAuth accesstoken
Endpoint
[prefix]/support/dataCategoryGroups
HTTP headers
177
Reference Data Category Groups
Accept-language: Optional. Language to translate the categories. Any ISO-639 language abbreviation, and an ISO-3166 country
code subtag in the HTTP Accept-Language header. Only one language accepted. If no language specified, the non-translated labels
are returned.
Input:
string sObjectName: Required. KnowledgeArticleVersion only.
boolean topCategoriesOnly: Optional. Defaults to true
• True returns only the top level categories.
• False returns the entire tree.
Note: All the input parameters are case-sensitive.
Output:
A list of the active data category groups that are visible to the current user in the site context. Returns id, name, label, and their top
level categories or the entire data category group tree that are visible to the current user. The labels must be translated to the given
language if they are available.
• Data Category Group List
This payload lists the active root Data Category Groups that can be used in other requests to return the data categories and
articles related to it.
{
"categoryGroups": [ Data Category Group, ....],
}
Note: Returns only the active groups that are associated to the given entity (by sObjectName). Only
KnowledgeArticleVersion is supported.
• Data Category Group

This represents an individual data category group, and its root category.
{
"name": String, // the unique name of the category group
"label": String, // returns the translated version if it is available
"objectUsage" : String, // currently only "KnowledgeArticleVersion" is available.
"topCategories": [ Data Category Summary, ....]

}
• Data Category Summary

This provides a summary of data category information. The Summary and Detail responses share common properties, with the
goal of providing only as much information as is necessary from associated resources.
{
"name": String, // the unique name of the category
"url": URL, // the url points to the data category detail API
"childCategories": [ Data Category Summary, ....] // null if topCategoriesOnly is
true
}
Note: The URL property is a pre-calculated path to the unique resource representing this data category, in this case it is
a Data Category Detail API.
178
Reference Data Category Detail
Example
Input
/services/data/v38.0/support/dataCategoryGroups?sObjectName=KnowledgeArticleVersion
Output
{
"categoryGroups" : [ {
"label" : "Doc",
"name" : "Doc",
"objectUsage" : "KnowledgeArticleVersion",
"topCategories" : [ {
"childCategories" : null,
"label" : "All",
"name" : "All",
"url" :
"/services/data/v38.0/support/dataCategoryGroups/Doc/dataCategories/All?sObjectName=KnowledgeArticleVersion"
} ]
}, {
"label" : "Manual",
"name" : "Manual",
"objectUsage" : "KnowledgeArticleVersion",
"topCategories" : [ {
"label" : "All",
"name" : "All",
"url" :
"/services/data/v38.0/support/dataCategoryGroups/Manual/dataCategories/All?sObjectName=KnowledgeArticleVersion"
} ]
} ]
}
Usage
Salesforce Knowledge must be enabled in your organization. This resource can be used in API version 38.0 and later. Use the language
code format used in Which Languages Does Salesforce Support?.
Only the user’s visible data categories are returned. A user might be able to see several sub trees in the category group, therefore, the
top categories that are visible to the user in each group are returned.
Data Category Detail

Get data category details and the child categories by a given category.
Syntax
38.0
179
Reference Data Category Detail
Method
GET
Formats
JSON, XML
Authentication
OAuth accesstoken
Endpoint
[prefix]/support/dataCategoryGroups/[group]/dataCategories/[category]
HTTP headers
Accept-language: Optional. Language to translate the categories. Any ISO-639 language abbreviation, and an ISO-3166 country
code subtag in the HTTP Accept-Language header. Only one language accepted. If no language specified, the non-translated labels
are returned.
Input:
string sObjectName: Required. KnowledgeArticleVersion only.
Output:
Details of the category and a list of child categories (name, label, etc.).
• Data Category Detail
Used for situations where the hierarchical representation of data categories is important. The child property contains a list of
child data categories.
{
"name": String, // the unique name of the category
"url": URL,
"childCategories": [ Data Category Summary, ....],
}
Note: If the category isn’t visible to the current user the return is empty.
Example
Input
/services/data/v38.0/support/dataCategoryGroups/Doc/dataCategories/All?sObjectName=KnowledgeArticleVersion
Output
{
"childCategories" : [ {
"label" : "Help",
"name" : "Help",
"url" :
"/services/data/v38.0/support/dataCategoryGroups/Doc/dataCategories/Help?sObjectName=KnowledgeArticleVersion"
}, {
180
Reference Articles List
"label" : "QA",
"name" : "QA",
"url" :
"/services/data/v38.0/support/dataCategoryGroups/Doc/dataCategories/QA?sObjectName=KnowledgeArticleVersion"
} ],
"label" : "All",
"name" : "All",
"url" :
"/services/data/v38.0/support/dataCategoryGroups/Doc/dataCategories/All?sObjectName=KnowledgeArticleVersion"
}
Usage
Salesforce Knowledge must be enabled in your organization. This resource can be used in API version 38.0 and later. Use the language
code format used in Which Languages Does Salesforce Support?.
Articles List
Get a page of online articles for the given language and category through either search or query.
Syntax
38.0
Method
GET
Formats
JSON, XML
Authentication
OAuth access token
Endpoint
[prefix]/support/knowledgeArticles
HTTP headers
Accept-language: Required. The article must be an active language in the user’s organization
• If the language code isn’t valid, an error message is returned: “The language code is not valid or not supported by Knowledge.”
• If the language code is valid, but not supported by Knowledge, then an error message is returned: “Invalid language code. Check
that the language is included in your Knowledge language settings."
Input:
string q: Optional, Performs an SOSL search. If the query string is null, empty, or not given, an SOQL query runs.
The characters ? and * are used for wildcard searches. The characters (, ), and " are used for complex search terms. See
https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.soql_sosl.meta/soql_sosl/sforce_api_calls_sosl_find.htm.
string channel: Optional, defaults to user’s context. For information on channel values, see Valid channel values.
• App: Visible in the internal Salesforce Knowledge application
181
• Pkb: Visible in the public knowledge base

• Csp: Visible in the Customer Portal
• Prm: Visible in the Partner Portal
string categories in map json format {“group1”:”category1”,”group2”:”category2”,...} )
Optional, defaults to None. Category group must be unique in each group:category pair, otherwise you get
ARGUMENT_OBJECT_PARSE_ERROR.
string queryMethod values are: AT, BELOW, ABOVE, ABOVE_OR_BELOW. Only valid when categories are specified,
defaults to ABOVE_OR_BELOW.
string sort: Optional, a sortable field name LastPublishedDate, CreatedDate, Title, ViewScore. Defaults
to LastPublishedDate for query and relevance for search.
Note: When sorting on ViewScore it is only available for query, not search, and no pagination is supported. You only get
one page of results.
string order: Optional, either ASC or DESC, defaults to DESC. Valid only when sort is valid.
integer pageSize: Optional, defaults to 20. Valid range 1 to 100.
integer pageNumber : Optional, defaults to 1.
Output:
A page of online articles in the given language and category visible to the current user.
• Article Page
A page of articles. The individual entries are article summaries so the size can be kept at a minimum.
{
"articles": [ Article Summary, … ], // list of articles
"currentPageUrl": URL, // the article list API with current page number
"nextPageUrl": URL, // the article list API with next page number,
which can be null if there are no more articles.
"pageNumber": Int // the current page number, starting at 1.
}
Note: The API supports paging. Each page of responses includes a URL to its page, as well as the URL to the next page
of articles.
Note: if the user input parameter has the default value, the API does not show this parameter in either
currentPageUrl or nextPageUrl.
• Article Summary
A summary of an article used in a list of article responses. It shares similar properties to the Article Detail representation, as one
is a superset of the other.
{
"id": Id, // articleId
"articleNumber": String,
"articleType": String, // apiName of the article type, available in API v44.0
and later
"title": String,
"urlName": String, // available in API v44.0 and later
"summary": String,
"url": URL, // to the Article Detail API
"viewCount": Int, // view count in the interested channel
182
"viewScore": double (in xxx.xxxx precision), // view score in the interested

channel.
"upVoteCount": int, // up vote count in the interested channel.
"downVoteCount": int, // down vote count in the interested channel.
"lastPublishedDate": Date // last publish date in ISO8601 format
"categoryGroups": [ Data Category Group, …. ]}
The “url” property always points to the Article Details resource endpoint. For information on valid channel values, see the channel
parameter description
• Data Category Group

An individual data category group, its root category, and a list of selected data categories in the group.
{
"groupName": String, // the unique name of the category group
"groupLabel": String, // returns the translated version
"selectedCategories": [ Data Category Summary, … ]
}
• Data Category Summary

Provides a summary of data category information. The Summary and Detail responses share common properties.
{
"categoryName": String, // the unique name of the category
"categoryLabel": String, // returns the translated version, per the API
language specified
"url": String // returns the url for the DataCategory REST API.
}
Note: The outputs of Data Category Group and Data Category Summary in Article List API are different from the Data
Category Groups API.
Example
Input
/services/data/v38.0/support/knowledgeArticles?sort=ViewScore&channel=Pkb&pageSize=3
HTTP Headers:
Content-Type: application/json; charset=UTF-8
Accept: application/json
Accept-Language: en-US
Output
{
"articles" : [ {
"articleNumber" : "000001002",
"categoryGroups" : [ ],
"downVoteCount" : 0,
"id" : "kA0xx000000000BCAQ",
"lastPublishedDate" : "2015-02-25T02:07:18Z",
"summary" : "With this online Chinese input tool, you can type Chinese characters
through your web browser without installing any Chinese input software in your system.
The Chinese online input tool uses the popular Pin Yin input method. It is a fast and
183
convenient tool to input Chinese on English OS environments.",

"title" : "Long text test",
"upVoteCount" : 0,
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/support/knowledgeArticles/kA0xx000000000BCAQ",
"viewCount" : 4,
"viewScore" : 100.0
}, {
"id" : "kA0xx000000000LCAQ",
"summary" : "The number of characters required for complete coverage of all these
languages' needs cannot fit in the 256-character code space of 8-bit character encodings,
requiring at least a 16-bit fixed width encoding or multi-byte variable-length encodings.
\r\n\r\nAlthough CJK encodings have common character sets, the encodings often used to
represent them have been developed separately by different East Asian governments and
software companies, and are mutually incompatible. Unicode has attempted, with some
controversy, to unify the character sets in a process known as Han unification.\r\n\r\nCJK
character encodings should consist minimally of Han characters p",
"title" : "Test Images",
"upVoteCount" : 0,
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/support/knowledgeArticles/kA0xx000000000LCAQ",
"viewCount" : 0,
"viewScore" : 0.0
}, {
"id" : "kA0xx000000006GCAQ",
"summary" : null,
"title" : "Test Draft 2",
"upVoteCount" : 0,
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/support/knowledgeArticles/kA0xx000000006GCAQ",
"viewCount" : 0,
"viewScore" : 0.0
} ],
"currentPageUrl" :
"/services/data/v38.0/support/knowledgeArticles?channel=Pkb&pageSize=3&sort=ViewScore",
"nextPageUrl" : null,
"pageNumber" : 1
}
Usage
Salesforce Knowledge must be enabled in your organization. This resource can be used in API version 38.0 and later. The Custom File
Field is not supported because it returns a link to a binary stream. Use the language code format used in Which Languages Does Salesforce
Support?.
Valid channel Values

• When using the options string channel, where the matching articles are visible, the following values are valid.
184
Reference Articles Details
– App–Visible in the internal Salesforce Knowledge application

– Pkb–Visible in the public knowledge base
– Csp–Visible in the Customer Portal
– Prm–Visible in the Partner Portal
• If channel isn’t specified, the default value is determined by the type of user.
– Pkb for a guest user
– Csp for a Customer Portal user
– Prm for a Partner Portal user
– App for any other type of user
• If channel is specified, the specified value may be used to retrieve articles.

– For guest, Customer Portal, and Partner Portal users, if the specified channel is other than the channel accessible to the user, an
error is returned.
– For all users other than guest, Customer Portal, and Partner Portal users, the specified channel value is used.
Articles Details
Get all online article fields, accessible to the user.
Syntax
38.0
Method
GET
Formats
JSON, XML
Authentication
OAuth access token
Endpoint
[prefix]/support/knowledgeArticles/{articleId}
[prefix]/support/knowledgeArticles/{articleUrlName} Available in API v44.0 and later
HTTP headers
Accept-language: Required. The article must be an active language in the user’s organization
• If the language code isn’t valid, an error message is returned: “The language code is not valid or not supported by Knowledge.”
• If the language code is valid, but not supported by Knowledge, then an error message is returned: “Invalid language code. Check
that the language is included in your Knowledge language settings."
Input:
string channel: Optional, defaults to user’s context. For information on channel values, see Valid channel Values.
• App: Visible in the internal Salesforce Knowledge application
• Pkb: Visible in the public knowledge base
185
• Csp: Visible in the Customer Portal

• Prm: Visible in the Partner Portal
boolean updateViewStat: Optional, defaults to true. If true, API updates the view count in the given channel as well as the
total view count.
boolean isUrlName: Optional, defaults to false. If true, indicates that the last portion of the endpoint is a URL name instead of an
article ID. Available in API v44.0 and later
Output:
The detailed fields of the article, if the article is online and visible to the current user.
• Article Detail
Full detail of an article, with complete metadata and layout-driven fields used for display of an article. It includes all the same
properties as an Article Summary representation.
{
"id": Id, // articleId,
"articleNumber": String,
"articleType": String, // apiName of the article type, available in API
v44.0 and later
"title": String,
"urlName": String, // available in API v44.0 and later
"summary": String,
"url": URL,
"versionNumber": Int,
"createdDate": Date, // in ISO8601 format
"createdBy": User Summary on page 187,
"lastModifiedDate": Date, // in ISO8601 format
"lastModifiedBy": User Summary on page 187,
"lastPublishedDate": Date, // in ISO8601 format
"layoutItems": [ Article Field, ... ], // standard and custom fields visible
to the user, sorted based on the layouts of the article type.
"categories": [ Data Category Groups, ... ],
"appUpVoteCount": Int,
"cspUpVoteCount": Int,
"prmUpVoteCount": Int,
"pkbUpVoteCount": Int,
"appDownVoteCount": Int,
"cspDownVoteCount": Int,
"prmDownVoteCount": Int,
"pkbDownVoteCount": Int,
"allViewCount": Int,
"appViewCount": Int,
"cspViewCount": Int,
"prmViewCount": Int,
"pkbViewCount": Int,
"allViewScore": Double,
"appViewScore": Double,
"cspViewScore": Double,
"prmViewScore": Double,
"pkbViewScore": Double
}
186
• User Summary
{
"id": String
"isActive": boolean // true/false
"userName": String // login name
"firstName": String
"lastName": String
"email": String
"url": String // to the chatter user detail url:
/services/data/xx.x/chatter/users/{userId}, for guest user, it will return null.
}
• Article Field
An individual field of article information, which is listed in an Article Detail in the order required by the administrator’s layout.
{
"type": Enum, // see the Notes
"name": String, // In API v43.0 and earlier, the developer name. In
API v44.0 and later, the API name.
"label": String, // label
"value": String,
}
Example
Input
/services/data/v38.0/support/knowledgeArticles/kA0xx000000000LCAQ
HTTP Headers:
Content-Type: application/json; charset=UTF-8
Accept: application/json
Accept-Language: en-US
Output
{
"allViewCount" : 17,
"allViewScore" : 100.0,
"appDownVoteCount" : 0,
"appUpVoteCount" : 0,
"appViewCount" : 17,
"appViewScore" : 100.0,
"createdBy" : {
"email" : "[email protected]",
"firstName" : "Test",
"id" : "005xx000001SvoMAAS",
"isActive" : true,
"lastName" : "User",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/chatter/users/005xx000001SvoMAAS",
"userName" : "[email protected]"
},
187
"createdDate" : "2016-06-21T21:10:54Z",
"cspDownVoteCount" : 0,
"cspUpVoteCount" : 0,
"cspViewCount" : 0,
"cspViewScore" : 0.0,
"id" : "kA0xx000000000LCAQ",
"lastModifiedBy" : {
"email" : "[email protected]",
"firstName" : "Test",
"id" : "005xx000001SvoMAAS",
"isActive" : true,
"lastName" : "User",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/chatter/users/005xx000001SvoMAAS",
"userName" : "[email protected]"
},
"lastModifiedDate" : "2016-06-21T21:11:02Z",
"layoutItems" : [ {
"label" : "Out of Date",
"name" : "IsOutOfDate",
"type" : "CHECKBOX",
"value" : "false"
}, {
"label" : "sample",
"name" : "sample",
"type" : "PICK_LIST",
"value" : null
}, {
"label" : "Language",
"name" : "Language",
"type" : "PICK_LIST",
"value" : "en_US"
}, {
"label" : "MyNumber",
"name" : "MyNumber",
"type" : "NUMBER",
"value" : null
}, {
"label" : "My File",
"name" : "My_File",
"type" : "FILE",
"value" : null
} ],
"pkbDownVoteCount" : 0,
"pkbUpVoteCount" : 0,
"pkbViewCount" : 0,
"pkbViewScore" : 0.0,
"prmDownVoteCount" : 0,
"prmUpVoteCount" : 0,
"prmViewCount" : 0,
"prmViewScore" : 0.0,
"summary" : "The number of characters required for complete coverage of all these
languages' needs cannot fit in the 256-character code space of 8-bit character encodings,
requiring at least a 16-bit fixed width encoding or multi-byte variable-length encodings.
188
\r\n\r\nAlthough CJK encodings have common character sets, the encodings often used to
represent them have been developed separately by different East Asian governments and
software companies, and are mutually incompatible. Unicode has attempted, with some
controversy, to unify the character sets in a process known as Han unification.\r\n\r\nCJK
character encodings should consist minimally of Han characters p",
"title" : "Test Images",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/support/knowledgeArticles/kA0xx000000000LCAQ",
"versionNumber" : 7
}
Usage
Salesforce Knowledge must be enabled in your organization. This resource can be used in API version 38.0 and later. The Custom File
Field is not supported because it returns a link to a binary stream. Use the language code format used in Which Languages Does Salesforce
Support?.
A lookup custom field is visible to guest users depending on the lookup entity type. For example, User is visible, but Case and Account
are not visible. Following standard fields are not visible to a guest user, even if they are in the layout:
• archivedBy
• isLatestVersion
• translationCompletedDate
• translationImportedDate
• translationExportedDate
• versionNumber
• visibleInInternalApp
• visibleInPKB
• visibleToCustomer
• visbileToPartner
Valid channel Values

• When using the options string channel, where the matching articles are visible, the following values are valid.
– App–Visible in the internal Salesforce Knowledge application
– Pkb–Visible in the public knowledge base
– Csp–Visible in the Customer Portal
– Prm–Visible in the Partner Portal
• If channel isn’t specified, the default value is determined by the type of user.
– Pkb for a guest user
– Csp for a Customer Portal user
– Prm for a Partner Portal user
– App for any other type of user
• If channel is specified, the specified value may be used to retrieve articles.

– For guest, Customer Portal, and Partner Portal users, if the specified channel is other than the channel accessible to the user, an
error is returned.
189
Reference Parameterized Search
– For all users other than guest, Customer Portal, and Partner Portal users, the specified channel value is used.
Parameterized Search
Executes a simple RESTful search using parameters instead of a SOSL clause. Indicate parameters in a URL in the GET method. Or, use
POST for more complex JSON searches.
Syntax
URI
/vXX.X/parameterizedSearch/?q=search string
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET, POST
Authentication
Required Global Parameters
Name Description
q A search string that is properly URL-encoded.
Note: SOSL clauses aren’t supported.
Available in version 36.0 and later.
Optional Global Parameters
Name Type Supported Description

Methods
dataCategory string GET Single value. If an organization uses Salesforce Knowledge articles or answers,
dataCategory filters all search results based on one data category.
For example, dataCategory=GlobalCategory__c below
NorthAmerica__c.
When using dataCategories, specify a Salesforce Knowledge article or answer
type with sobject and all the required parameters.
For example:
q=tourism&sobject=KnowledgeArticleVersion&KnowledgeArticleVersion.where=
language='en_US'+and+publishStatus='online'&KnowledgeArticleVersion.fields=
id,title&dataCategory=Location__c+Below+North_America__c
If you require multiple dataCategory filters, use dataCategories with

the POST method.
190

Methods
dataCategories dataCategoriesFilter[] POST If an organization uses Salesforce Knowledge articles or answers, filters all search
results based on one or more data categories.
When using dataCategories, specify a Salesforce Knowledge article or answer
type with sobjects and the required parameters.
For example:
{
"q":"Acme",
"fields":["id", "title"],
"sobjects":[{"name":"KnowledgeArticleVersion",
"where":"language='en_US' and publishstatus='draft'"}],
"dataCategories":[
{"groupName" : "location__c", "operator":"below",
"categories":["North_America__c"]}
]
}
defaultLimit string GET, Single value. The maximum number of results to return for each sobject (GET)
POST or sobjects (POST) specified.
The maximum defaultLimit is 2000.
At least one sobject must be specified.
GET example:
defaultLimit=10&sobject=Account&sobject=Contact.
When an sobject limit is specified using sobject.limit=value, such
as Account.limit=10, this parameter is ignored for that object.
division string GET, Single value. Filters search results based on the division field.
POST For example in the GET method, division=global.
Specify a division by its name rather than ID.
All searches within a specific division also include the global division.
fields string GET Comma-separated list of one or more fields to return in the response for each
sobject specified. At least one sobject must be specified at the global level.
For example: fields=id&sobject=Account&sobject=Contact.
The global fields parameter is overridden when sobject are specified using
sobject.fields=field names. For example,
Contact.fields=id,FirstName,LastName would override the global
setting of just returning the id.
If unspecified, then the search results contain the IDs of records matching all fields
for the specified object.
Functions
191

Methods
The following optional functions can be used within the fields parameter.
• toLabel: Translates response field value into the user’s language. For example,
Lead.fields=id,toLabel(Status). This function requires extra
setup.
• convertCurrency: Converts response currency fields to the user’s currency.
For example,
Opportunity.fields=id,convertCurrency(Amount). This
function requires extra setup. Multi-currency must be enabled for your org.
• format: Applies localized formatting to standard and custom number, date,
time, and currency fields. For example,
Opportunity.fields=id,format(Amount).
Aliasing is support within fields for toLabel, convertCurrency, and
format. In addition, aliasing is required when the query includes the same field
multiple times. For example,
Opportunity.fields=id,format(Amount) AliasAmount
fields string[] POST Array of one or more fields to return in the response for each sobjects specified.
At least one sobjects must be specified at the global level.
For example:
{
"q":"Acme",
"fields":["Id", "Name", "Phone"],
"sobjects":[{"name": "Account"},
{"name": "Contact", "fields":["Id",
"FirstName", "LastName"]},
{"name": "Lead"}]
}
The global fields parameter is overridden when sobjectsFilter[]

fields are specified. Such as, in the previous example, Id, FirstName, and
LastName is returned for Contact instead of the global fields of Id, Name
and Phone.
If unspecified, then the search results contain the IDs of records matching all fields
for the specified object.
Functions
The following optional functions can be used within the fields parameter.
• toLabel: Translates response field value into the user’s language. This function
requires extra setup. For example:
{
...
"sobjects":[ {"name": "Lead", "fields":["Id",
"toLabel(Status)"]},
192

Methods
...
}
• convertCurrency: Converts response currency fields to the user’s currency.

This function requires extra setup. Multi-currency must be enabled in the org.
For example:
{
...
"sobjects":[ {"name": "Opportunity",
"fields":["Id", "convertCurrency(Amount)"]}]
...
}
• format: Applies localized formatting to standard and custom number, date,

time, and currency fields. For example:
{
...
"sobjects":[ {"name": "Opportunity",
"fields":["Id", "format(Amount)"]}]
...
}
Aliasing is supported within fields for toLabel, convertCurrency,

and format. In addition, aliasing is required when the query includes the same
field multiple times. For example:
{
...
"sobjects":[ {"name": "Opportunity", "fields":["Id",
"format(Amount) AliasAmount"]}]
...
}
in string GET, Scope of fields to search. If you specify one or more scope values, the fields are
POST returned for all found objects.
Use one of the following values:
• ALL
• NAME
• EMAIL
• PHONE
• SIDEBAR
This clause doesn't apply to articles, documents, feed comments, feed items, files,
products, and solutions. If any of these objects are specified, the search is not limited
to specific fields; all fields are searched.
193

Methods
metadata string GET, Specifies if metadata should be returned in the response. No metadata is returned
POST by default. To include metadata in the response, use the LABELS value, which
returns the display label for the fields returned in search results. For example:
?q=Acme&metadata=LABELS
netWorkIds string GET Filters search results by a comma-separated list.

A network ID represents the community ID.
netWorkIds string[] POST Filters search results by an array.

A network ID represents the community ID.
offset string GET, Single value. The starting row offset into the result set returned.
POST The maximum offset is 2000.
Only one sobject can be specified when using this parameter.
overallLimit string GET, Single value. The maximum number of results to return across all sobject
POST parameters specified.
The maximum overallLimit is 2000.
pricebookId string GET, Single value. Filters product search results by a price book ID for only the Product2
POST object. The price book ID must be associated with the product that you’re searching
for. For example,
?q=laptop&sobject=product2&pricebookId=01sxx0000002MffAAE
snippet string GET, The target length (maximum number of snippet characters) to return in Salesforce
POST Knowledge article, case, case comment, feed, feed comment, idea, and idea
comment search results. The snippet parameter displays contextual excerpts
and highlights the search term for each article in the search results. Snippet results
are used to differentiate matches to the search term in article search results. The
target length can be from 50 to 1000 characters.
Snippet and highlights are generated from email, text, and text area (long and rich)
fields. Snippets aren’t displayed for partially matching searches or if the user doesn’t
have access to the field that contains the snippet. Snippets are only displayed when
20 or fewer results are returned on a page.
At least one of the following sobject values must be specified.
• To search a specific article type, use the article type name with the suffix
__kav.
• To search all article types, use KnowledgeArticleVersion.
• To search case, case comment, feed, feed comment, idea, and idea comment
types, use Case, CaseComment, FeedItem, FeedComment, Idea,
and IdeaComment.
For example, q=tourism&sobject=Case&snippet=500.
194

Methods
sobject string GET Objects to return in the response. Must be a valid object type.
You can use multiple sobject values, such as
sobject=Account&sobject=Contact.
If unspecified, then the search results contain the IDs of all objects.
sobjects sobjectsFilter[] POST Objects to return in the response. Must contain valid object types. Use with the
required parameters.
For example:
{
"q":"Acme",
"fields":["id", "title"],
"sobjects":[{"name":"Solution__kav",
"where":"language='en_US' and publishstatus='draft'"},
{"name":"FAQ__kav",
"where":"language='en_US' and publishstatus='draft'"}]
If unspecified, then the search results contain the IDs of all objects.
spellCorrection boolean GET, Specifies whether spell correction is enabled for a user’s search. When set to true,
POST spell correction is enabled for searches that support spell correction. The default
value is true.
For example:
q=Acme&sobject=Account&Account.fields=id&spellCorrection=true
updateTracking string GET, Specifies a value of true to track keywords that are used in Salesforce Knowledge
POST article searches only.
If unspecified, the default value of false is applied.
updateViewStat string GET, Specifies a value of true to update an article’s view statistics. Valid only for
POST Salesforce Knowledge article searches.
If unspecified, the default value of false is applied.
dataCategoriesFilter[] Parameters
Parameters must be specified in the order presented in the table (groupName, operator, categories).
Name Type Description

groupName string The name of the data category group to filter by.
195

operator string Valid values:
• ABOVE
• ABOVE_OR_BELOW
• AT
• BELOW
categories string[] The name of the categories to filter by.
sobjectsFilter[] Parameters (POST Method Only)

fields string[] Array of one or more fields to return in the response for the sobject.
limit string Specify the maximum number of rows that are returned for the sobject.
name string Name of the sobject to return in the response.
orderBy string Controls the field order of the results using the following syntax "orderBy" : "field
{ASC|DESC} [NULLS_{FIRST|LAST}]"
For example:
{
...
"sobjects":[ {"name": "Account", "fields":["Id", "name"], "orderBy":
"Name DESC Nulls_last"}]
...
}
• ASC: ascending. Default.

• DESC: descending.
• NULLS_FIRST: Null records at the beginning of the results. Default.
• NULLS_LAST: Null records at the end of the results.
where string Filter search results for this object by specific field values.
For example, where : conditionExpression. Here the conditionExpression of the
WHERE clause uses the following syntax: fieldExpression [logicalOperator
fieldExpression2 ... ].
Add multiple field expressions to a condition expression by using logical and comparison operators.
sobject-level Parameters (GET Method Only)

The following optional parameters can be used with the sobject parameter in a GET method to further refine search results.
These settings would override any settings specified at the global level.
The format is sobject.parameter, such as Account.fields. An sobject must be specified to use these parameters,
for example, sobject=Account&Account.fields=id,name.
196

fields string Comma-separated list of one or more fields to return in the response.
For example, KnowledgeArticleVersion.fields=id,title.
limit string Specifies the maximum number of rows that are returned for the sobject.
For example, Account.limit=10.
orderBy string Controls the field order of the results using the following syntax orderBy = field {ASC|DESC}
[NULLS_{FIRST|LAST}]
For example: Account.orderBy=Name
• ASC: ascending. Default.
• DESC: descending.
• NULLS_FIRST: Null records at the beginning of the results. Default.
• NULLS_LAST: Null records at the end of the results.
where string Filter search results for this object by specific field values.
For example, Account.where = conditionExpression. Here the conditionExpression
of the WHERE clause uses the following syntax: fieldExpression [logicalOperator
fieldExpression2 ... ].
Add multiple field expressions to a condition expression by using logical and comparison operators. For
example, KnowledgeArticleVersion.where=publishstatus='online' and
language='en_US'.
Example GET Method

.../v37.0/parameterizedSearch/?q=Acme&sobject=Account&Account.fields=id,name&Account.limit=10
Example POST Method
{
"q":"Smith",
"fields" : ["id", "firstName", "lastName"],
"sobjects":[{"fields":["id", "NumberOfEmployees"],
"name": "Account",
"limit":20},
{"name": "Contact"}],
"in":"ALL",
"overallLimit":100,
"defaultLimit":10
}
197
Reference Process Approvals
Process Approvals
Returns a list of all approval processes. Can also be used to submit a particular record if that entity supports an approval process and one
has already been defined. Records can be approved and rejected if the current user is an assigned approver. When using a POST request
to do bulk approvals, the requests that succeed are committed and the requests that don’t succeed send back an error.
Syntax
URI
To return a list of the approvals, the URI is: /vXX.X/process/approvals/
30.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET, HEAD, POST
Authentication
Request parameters
None required
Request body
The request body contains an array of process requests that contain the following information:

actionType string Represents the kind of action to take: Submit, Approve, or Reject.
contextActorId ID The ID of the submitter who’s requesting the approval record.
contextId ID The ID of the item that is being acted upon.
comments string The comment to add to the history step associated with this request.
nextApproverIds ID[] If the process requires specification of the next approval, the ID of the user to be
assigned the next request.
processDefinitionNameOrId string The developer name or ID of the process definition.
skipEntryCriteria boolean Determines whether to evaluate the entry criteria for the process (true) or not
(false) if the process definition name or ID isn’t null. If the process definition name
or ID isn’t specified, this argument is ignored, and standard evaluation is followed
based on process order. By default, the entry criteria isn’t skipped if it’s not set
by this request.
Response body
The response contains an array of process results that contain the following information:
198
Reference Process Rules

actorIds ID[] IDs of the users who are currently assigned to this approval step.
entityId ID The object being processed.
errors Error[] The set of errors returned if the request failed.
instanceId ID The ID of the ProcessInstance associated with the object submitted for processing.
instanceStatus string The status of the current process instance (not an individual object but the entire
process instance). The valid values are “Approved,” “Rejected,” “Removed,” or
“Pending.”
newWorkItemIds ID[] Case-insensitive IDs that point to ProcessInstanceWorkitem items (the set of
pending approval requests)
success boolean true if processing or approval completed successfully.
Examples
• See Get a List of All Approval Processes.
• See Submit a Record for Approval.
• See Approve a Record.
• See Reject a Record.
• See Bulk Approvals.
Process Rules
Returns a list of all active workflow rules. If a rule has actions, the actions will be listed under the rule. Can also be used to trigger all
workflow rules that are associated with a specified record. The actions for a rule are only fired if the rule’s criteria is met. When using a
POST request, if anything fails, the whole transaction is rolled back.
Cross-object workflow rules cannot be invoked using the REST API.
Syntax
URI
To get a list of the workflow rules or to trigger one or more workflow rules, the URI is: /vXX.X/process/rules/
To get the rules for a particular object: /vXX.X/process/rules/SObjectName
To get the metadata for a particular rule: /vXX.X/process/rules/SObjectName/workflowRuleId
30.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
HEAD, GET, POST
199
Reference Product Schedules
Authentication
Request parameters
None required
Request body
The request body contains an array of context IDs:

contextId ID The ID of the item that is being acted upon.
Examples
• See Get a List of Process Rules.
• See Get a Particular Process Rule.
• See Trigger Process Rules.
Product Schedules
Work with revenue and quantity schedules for opportunity products. Establish or reestablish a product schedule with multiple installments
for an opportunity product. Delete all installments in a schedule.
In API version 46.0 and later, established and re-established schedules support custom fields, validation rules, and Apex triggers. Deleting
all schedules now also fires delete triggers.
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/OpportunityLineItem/{OpportunityLineItemId}/OpportunityLineItemSchedules
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET, PUT, DELETE
Authentication
Parameters
type The type of the schedule. Required when establishing
OpportunityLineItemSchedules. Valid values include Quantity,
Revenue, or Both.
quantity The total number of units to be repeated or divided in a quantity

schedule. Must be an integer other than 0.
quantityScheduleType The type of the quantity schedule, if the product has one. Valid
values are Divide or Repeat.
200
Reference Product Schedules
quantityScheduleInstallmentPeriod If the product has a quantity schedule, the amount of time
covered by the schedule. Valid values are Daily, Weekly,
Monthly, Quarterly, or Yearly.
quantityScheduleInstallmentsNumber If the product has a quantity schedule, the number of

installments. Can be an integer from 1 to 150.
quantityScheduleStartDate The date the quantity schedule starts. Format is YYYY-MM-DD.
revenue The amount of revenue to be repeated or divided.
revenueScheduleType The type of the revenue schedule, if the product has one. Valid
values are Divide or Repeat.
revenueScheduleInstallmentPeriod If the product has a revenue schedule, the amount of time

covered by the schedule. Valid values are Daily, Weekly,
Monthly, Quarterly, or Yearly.
revenueScheduleInstallmentsNumber If the product has a revenue schedule, the number of

installments. Can be an integer from 1 to 150.
revenueScheduleStartDate The date the revenue schedule starts. Format is YYYY-MM-DD.
Example:
Establish both quantity and revenue schedules for an opportunity product; establish a revenue schedule only; establish
a quantity schedule only.
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v43.0/sobjects/OpportunityLineItem/00kR0000001WJJAIA4/OpportunityLineItemSchedules
JSON Request body

{
"type": "Both",
"quantity": 100,
"quantityScheduleType": "Repeat",
"quantityScheduleInstallmentPeriod": "Monthly",
"quantityScheduleInstallmentsNumber": 12,
"quantityScheduleStartDate": "2018-09-15",
"revenue": 100,
"revenueScheduleType": "Repeat",
"revenueScheduleInstallmentPeriod": "Monthly",
"revenueScheduleInstallmentsNumber": 12,
"revenueScheduleStartDate": "2018-09-15"
}
{
"type": “Revenue”,
"revenue": 100,
"revenueScheduleType": “Divide”,
"revenueScheduleInstallmentPeriod": “Quarterly”,
201
Reference Query
"revenueScheduleInstallmentsNumber": 10,
"revenueScheduleStartDate": "2018-09-15"
}
{
"type": “Quantity”,
"quantity": 10,
"quantityScheduleType": "Repeat",
"quantityScheduleInstallmentPeriod": “Daily”,
"quantityScheduleInstallmentsNumber": 150,
"quantityScheduleStartDate": "2020-09-15",
}
Query
Executes the specified SOQL query.
If the query results are too large, the response contains the first batch of results and a query identifier in the nextRecordsUrl field
of the response. The identifier can be used in an additional request to retrieve the next batch.
URI
/vXX.X/query/?q=SOQL query
For retrieving query performance feedback without executing the query:
/vXX.X/query/?explain=SOQL query
For retrieving query performance feedback on a report or list view:
/vXX.X/query/?explain=report or list view ID
For retrieving additional query results if the initial results are too large:
/vXX.X/query/query identifier
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Parameters
q A SOQL query. Note that you will need to replace spaces with “+” characters in your query string to
create a valid URI. An example query parameter string might look like:
“SELECT+Name+FROM+MyObject”. If the SOQL query string is invalid, a MALFORMED_QUERY response
is returned.
explain A SOQL query to get performance feedback on. Use explain instead of q to get a response that
details how Salesforce will process your query. You can use this feedback to further optimize your
queries. You can also use a report or list view ID in place of the query string to get feedback on how
Salesforce will process your report or list view.
202
Reference Query
The explain parameter is available in API version 30.0 and later.
Note: Using explain with the REST API query resource is a beta feature. There is no support
associated with this beta feature. For more information, contact Salesforce.
If the SOQL query string is invalid, a MALFORMED_QUERY response is returned. If the report or list
view ID is invalid, an INVALID_ID response is returned.
Response body
For a query using the q parameter, the response contains an array of query result records. For a query using the explain parameter,
the response contains one or more query plans that can be used to execute the query, report, or list view. The plans are sorted from
most optimal to least optimal. Each plan has the following information:

cardinality number The estimated number of records the query would return, based on index
fields, if any.
fields string[] The index fields used for the query, if the leading operation type is Index,
otherwise null.
leadingOperationType string The primary operation type that will be used to optimize the query. This can
be one of these values:
• Index—The query will use an index on the query object.
• Other—The query will use optimizations internal to Salesforce.
• Sharing—The query will use an index based on the user’s sharing rules.
If there are sharing rules that limit which records are visible to the current
user, those rules can be used to optimize the query.
• TableScan—The query will scan all records for the query object, and won’t
use an index.
notes feedback note[] An array of one or more feedback notes. Each note contains:
• description— A detailed description of an aspect of the optimization.
This could include information on optimizations that could not be used,
with details on why they weren’t used.
• fields— An array of one or more fields used for the optimization.
• tableEnumOrId— The table name for the fields used for the
optimization.
This response field is available in API version 33.0 and later.
relativeCost number The cost of this query compared to the SOQL selective query threshold. A
value greater than 1.0 means the query won’t be selective. See “More Efficient
SOQL Queries” in the Apex Code Developer’s Guide for more information on
selective queries.
sobjectCardinality number The approximate count of all records in your organization for the query object.
203
Reference QueryAll

sobjectType string The name of the query object, such as Merchandise__c.
Example
For an example of making a query and retrieving additional query results using the query identifier, see Execute a SOQL Query on
page 61.
For an example using the explain parameter to get feedback on a query and a report, see Get Feedback on Query Performance
on page 64.
For more information on SOQL see the SOQL and SOSL Reference. For more information on query batch sizes, see Changing the Batch
Size in Queries in the SOAP API Developer Guide.
QueryAll
Executes the specified SOQL query. Unlike the Query resource, QueryAll will return records that have been deleted because of a merge
or delete. QueryAll will also return information about archived Task and Event records. QueryAll is available in API version 29.0 and later.
If the query results are too large, the response contains the first batch of results and a query identifier in the nextRecordsUrl field
of the response. The identifier can be used in an additional request to retrieve the next batch. Note that even though nextRecordsUrl
has query in the URL, it will still provide remaining results from the initial QueryAll request. The remaining results will include deleted
records that matched the initial query.
URI
/vXX.X/queryAll/?q=SOQL query
For retrieving additional query results if the initial results are too large:
/vXX.X/queryAll/query identifier
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Parameters
q A SOQL query. Note that you will need to replace spaces with “+” characters in your
query string to create a valid URI. An example query parameter string might look like:
“SELECT+Name+FROM+MyObject”.
Example
• For an example of making a query that includes deleted items, see Execute a SOQL Query that Includes Deleted Items on page
62
• For an example of a query that retrieves additional results using the query identifier, see Retrieving the Remaining SOQL Query
Results on page 63
204
Reference Quick Actions
For more information on SOQL see the SOQL and SOSL Reference. For more information on query batch sizes, see Changing the Batch
Size in Queries in the SOAP API Developer Guide.
Quick Actions
Returns a list of global actions and object-specific actions. This resource is available in REST API version 28.0 and later. When working
with actions, also refer to SObject Quick Actions.
URI
/vXX.X/quickActions/
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
HEAD, GET, POST
Authentication
Parameters
None required
Considerations
Add all required fields to an object before you create a quick action for that object. If you add a required field after creating a quick
action, the field won’t appear in the quick action’s describe results. Then, when the quick action runs, the field won’t be available
and an error occurs for the missing field. If you don’t want the required field to appear in the quick action’s layout, set a default value
for the field.
Example usage for getting global quick actions
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v28.0/quickActions/ -H
Example for creating a contact using an action
curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v28.0/quickActions/CreateContact
-H 'Authorization: Bearer access_token -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d
@newcontact.json'
Example JSON request body newcontact.json file

{
"record" : { "LastName" : "Smith" }
Recent List Views

Returns the list of recently used list views for the given sObject type.
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/{sobjectType}/listviews/recent
205
Reference Recent List Views
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Parameters
None
Example:
Retrieving recent list views for the Account object
curl
https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/recent
JSON Response body

{
"done" : true,
"listviews" : [ {
"describeUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCNMA0/describe",
"id" : "00BD0000005WcCNMA0",
"resultsUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCNMA0/results",
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCNMA0"
}, {
"describeUrl" :
"id" : "00BD0000005WcBeMAK",
"resultsUrl" :
}, {
"describeUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCFMA0/describe",
"developerName" : "AllAccounts",
"id" : "00BD0000005WcCFMA0",
"label" : "All Accounts",
"resultsUrl" :
"/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCFMA0/results",
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/listviews/00BD0000005WcCFMA0"
} ],
"nextRecordsUrl" : null,
"size" : 3,
206
Reference Recently Viewed Items
"sobjectType" : "Account"
}
Recently Viewed Items

Gets the most recently accessed items that were viewed or referenced by the current user. Salesforce stores information about record
views in the interface and uses it to generate a list of recently viewed and referenced records, such as in the sidebar and for the
auto-complete options in search.
This resource only accesses most recently used item information. If you want to modify the list of recently viewed items, you’ll need to
update recently viewed information directly by using a SOQL Query with a FOR VIEW or FOR REFERENCE clause.
URI
/vXX.X/recent
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Parameters
limit An optional limit that specifies the maximum number of records to be returned. If this
parameter is not specified, the default maximum number of records returned is the
maximum number of entries in RecentlyViewed, which is 200 records per object.
Example
• For an example of retrieving a list of recently viewed items, see View Recently Viewed Records on page 78.
• For an example of setting records as recently viewed, see Mark Records as Recently Viewed on page 79.
SEE ALSO:
RecentlyViewed
FOR VIEW
FOR REFERENCE
Record Count
Lists information about object record counts in your organization.
This resource is available in REST API version 40.0 and later for API users with the “View Setup and Configuration” permission. The returned
record count is approximate, and does not include the following types of records:
• Deleted records in the recycle bin.
207
Reference Record Count Response Body
• Archived records.
URI
/vXX.X/limits/recordCount?sObjects=Object List
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Parameters
sObjects A comma-delimited list of object names. If a listed object is not found in the org, it is
ignored and not returned in the response.
This parameter is optional. If this parameter is not provided, the resource returns record
counts for all objects in the org.
Response body
Record Count Response Body
Example
Example request to get record counts for Account and Contact:
/services/data/v40.0/limits/recordCount?sObjects=Account,Contact
Example response for request:

{
"sObjects" : [ {
"count" : 3,
"name" : "Account"
}, {
"count" : 10,
"name" : "Contact"
} ]
}
Record Count Response Body

Describes the result of a Record Count request.
208
Reference Relevant Items
Record Count Results

Properties

sObjects Record Count SObject Collection of SObject record count results. The order of objects in the
Result[] collection is not guaranteed to match the order of objects in the request.
JSON example
{
"sObjects" : [ {
"count" : 3,
"name" : "Account"
}, {
"count" : 10,
"name" : "Contact"
} ]
}
Record Count SObject Result

Properties

count Integer The number of records for the object in the org. This is an approximate
count and does not include soft-deleted or archived records.
name String The name of the object.
JSON example
{
"count" : 10,
"name" : "Contact"
}
Relevant Items
Gets the current user’s most relevant items. Relevant items include records for objects in the user’s global search scope and also most
recently used (MRU) objects.
Relevant items include up to 50 of the most recently viewed or updated records for each object in the user’s global search scope.
Note: The user’s global search scope includes the objects the user interacted with most in the last 30 days, including objects the
user pinned from the search results page in the Salesforce Classic.
Then, the resource finds more recent records for each most recently used (MRU) object until the maximum number of records, which
is 2,000, is returned.
209
Reference Relevant Items
This resource only accesses the relevant item information. Modifying the list of relevant items is not currently supported.
This resource is available in API version 35.0 and later.
URI
/vXX.X/sobjects/relevantItems
Formats
JSON
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Parameters
lastUpdatedId Optional. Compares the entire current list of relevant items to a previous version, if
available. Specify the lastUpdatedId value returned in a previous response.
sobjects Optional. To scope the results to a particular object or set of objects, specify the name
for one or more sObjects.
Note: SObject names are case-sensitive.
sobject.lastUpdatedId Optional. Compares the current list of relevant items for this particular object to a
previous version, if available. Specify the lastUpdatedId value returned in a
previous response.
Note: You can only specify this parameter for the sObjects specified in the
sobjects parameter.
Response header
The response contains headers unique to this resource.

lastUpdatedId string A unique code that can be used in subsequent calls to compare the
results for a complete result set with the results in this response list.
newResultSetSinceLastQuery boolean (true If a response was previously requested for the current user, indicates
or false) whether the current response matches the previous response, or the
one specified by a lastUpdatedId.
Response body
The response contains an array of records for each object returned, including the following information for each record.

apiName string The object’s unique name, such as Account
210
Reference Retrieve Knowledge Language Settings

key ID The first 3 characters of the sObject’s ID that indicates the object type.
label string The object’s plural label, such as Accounts.
lastUpdatedId string A unique code that can be used in subsequent calls to compare the
results for the new result set with the current results for this object.
qualifiedApiName string A unique external name for the sObject.
recordIds ID A comma-separated list of IDs for the matching records.
Example
See View Relevant Items.
Retrieve Knowledge Language Settings

Returns the existing Knowledge language settings, including the default knowledge language and a list of supported Knowledge
language information.
Syntax
URI
/services/data/v31.0/knowledge Management/settings
31.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Request body
None required
Request parameters
None
Example for Getting KnowledgeSettings

curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v31.0/knowledgeManagement/settings
211
Reference Search
Example JSON Response Body

{
"defaultLanguage" : "en_US",
"knowledgeEnabled" : true,
"languages" : [ {
"active" : true,
"name" : "en_US"
}, {
"active" : true,
"name" : "it"
}, {
"active" : true,
"name" : "zh_CN"
}, {
"active" : true,
"name" : "fr"
} ]
}
Usage
Salesforce Knowledge must be enabled in your organization. The user must have the “Knowledge User” license on their profile. This
resource can be used in API version 31.0 and later. It retrieves the Knowledge language settings, including the default knowledge
language and a list of supported Knowledge language information.
Search
Executes the specified SOSL search. The search string must be URL-encoded.
For more information on SOSL see the SOQL and SOSL Reference.
Syntax
URI
/vXX.X/search/?q=SOSL search string
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Parameters
q A SOSL statement that is properly URL-encoded.
212
Reference Search Scope and Order
Example
See Search for a String on page 65.
Search Scope and Order

Returns an ordered list of objects in the default global search scope of a logged-in user. Global search keeps track of which objects the
user interacts with and how often and arranges the search results accordingly. Objects used most frequently appear at the top of the
list.
The returned list reflects the object order in the user’s default search scope, including any pinned objects on the user’s search results
page. This call is useful if you want to implement a custom search results page using the optimized global search scope. The search
string must be URL-encoded.
Syntax
URI
/vXX.X/search/scopeOrder
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
Example
See Get the Default Search Scope and Order.
Search Result Layouts

Returns search result layout information for the objects in the query string. For each object, this call returns the list of fields displayed on
the search results page as columns, the number of rows displayed on the first page, and the label used on the search results page.
This call supports bulk fetch for up to 100 objects in a query.
Syntax
URI
/vXX.X/search/layout/?q=Comma delimited object list
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP Method
GET
Authentication
213
Reference Lightning Toggle Metrics
Response format

field String Object and field name formatted with a
period separating. For example:
Account.Name.
format String The type of date field, such as the date only
or date and time. Only date related types
are specified; otherwise, null.
label String Name as it appears to users
name String API name
Example
Lightning Toggle Metrics

Return details about users who switched between Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Syntax
URI
/services/data/vXX.X/sobjects/LightningToggleMetrics
44.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Request body
SOQL query.
Request parameters
UserId The user ID.
RecordCount The count of records returned.
MetricsDate The date the switch was recorded.
214
Reference Lightning Usage by App Type
Action Did the user switch to Salesforce Classic or Lightning Experience.
Example
This query returns the total number of switches to Salesforce Classic:
SELECT sum(RecordCount) Total FROM LightningToggleMetrics WHERE MetricsDate = LAST_MONTH
AND Action = 'switchToAloha'
Usage
Use this object with the following APIs:
• Platform
• Metadata API
• Tooling API
Lightning Usage by App Type

Return the total number of Lightning Experience and Salesforce Mobile users.
Syntax
URI
/services/data/vXX.X/sobjects/LightningUsageByAppTypeMetrics
44.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Request body
SOQL query.
Request parameters
AppExperience The app used:
• Salesforce Mobile
• Lightning Experience
215
Reference Lightning Usage by Browser
MetricsDate The date the data was recorded.
UserID The user ID.
Example
This query returns the daily active users by profile for Mobile:
SELECT MetricsDate,user.profile.name,COUNT_DISTINCT(user.id) Total FROM
LightningUsageByAppTypeMetrics WHERE MetricsDate = LAST_N_DAYS:30 AND AppExperience =
'Salesforce Mobile' GROUP BY MetricsDate,user.profile.name
Usage
• Platform
• Metadata API
• Tooling API
Lightning Usage by Browser

Return Lightning Experience usage results grouped by browser instance.
Syntax
URI
/services/data/vXX.X/sobjects/LightningUsageByBrowserMetrics

44.00
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Request body
SOQL Query.
Request parameters
Browser The browser used.
216
Reference Lightning Usage by Page
EptBin3To5 Number of times that a page loaded between 3-5 seconds.
EptBinOver10 Number of times that a page loaded over 10 seconds.
EptBinUnder3 Number of times that a page loaded under 3 seconds.
MetricsDate The date the metric was recorded.
PageName The name of the page.
RecordCountEPT Number of records for a page/browser where the valid EPT was recorded.
SumEPT Sum of the EPT values for page/browser.
TotalCount Total records for a page/browser.
Example
This query returns browser distribution details, for the last 3 months.
SELECT CALENDAR_MONTH(MetricsDate) MetricsDate, Browser Browser, SUM(TotalCount) Total
FROM LightningUsageByBrowserMetrics WHERE MetricsDate = Last_N_Months:3 AND (NOT Browser
like 'OTHER%') GROUP BY CALENDAR_MONTH(MetricsDate),Browser
Usage
• Platform
• Metadata API
• Tooling API
Lightning Usage by Page

Represents standard pages users viewed most frequently in Lightning Experience.
Syntax
URI
/services/data/vXX.X/sobjects/LightningUsageByPageMetrics

44.00
Formats
JSON, XML
217
Reference Lightning Usage by FlexiPage
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Request body
SOQL Query.
EptBinOver10 Number of times that a page loaded over 10 seconds.
EptBinUnder3 Number of times that a page loaded under 3 seconds.
PageName The name of the page.
RecordCountEPT Number of records for a page/user where the valid EPT was recorded.
SumEPT Sum of the EPT values for a page/user.
TotalCount Total records for a page/user.
UserId User ID.
Example
This example returns the top 10 most visited pages and how many times each page was visited.
SELECT TotalCount FROM LightningUsageByPageMetrics ORDER BY PageName ASC NULLS FIRST LIMIT
10
Usage
• Platform
• Metadata API
• Tooling API
Lightning Usage by FlexiPage

Return details about the custom pages viewed most frequently in Lightning Experience.
218
Reference Lightning Usage by FlexiPage
Syntax
URI
/services/data/vXX.X/sobjects/LightningUsageByFlexiPageMetrics
44.00
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
SOQL query.
Request parameters
FlexiPageNameOrId Namespace and file name, or Page ID of FlexiPage files.
FlexiPageType The FlexiPage type. For example, record details are displayed using
RecordPage" type.
RecordCountEPT Number of records for a FlexiPage type, where the valid EPT was recorded.
SumEPT Sum of the EPT values for a record
TotalCount Total records for a type.
Example
This query returns the top 10 most viewed custom pages over the past 7 days.
SELECT FlexiPageNameOrId FlexiPageNameOrId, SUM(TotalCount) Total FROM
LightningUsageByFlexiPageMetrics WHERE MetricsDate = Last_N_DAYS:7 AND (NOT FlexiPageNameOrId
= 'unknown unknown') AND (NOT FlexiPageNameOrId = 'unknown | unknown') GROUP BY
FlexiPageNameOrId ORDER BY SUM(TotalCount) Desc Limit 10
Usage
• Platform
• Metadata API
• Tooling API
219
Reference Lightning Exit by Page Metrics
Lightning Exit by Page Metrics

Return frequency metrics about the standard pages within which users switched from Lightning Experience to Salesforce Classic.
Syntax
URI
/services/data/vXX.X/sobjects/LightningExitByPageMetrics
44.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Request body
SOQL query.
Request parameters
MetricsDate The date the data was recorded.
PageName Current Page from which User Switched from Lightning to Aloha
RecordCount The number of records per user and page.
UserId The user ID.
Example
This query returns the top 10 pages that were switched from Lightning Experience to Salesforce Classic over the past 7 days.
SELECT PageName PageName, SUM(RecordCount) Total FROM LightningExitByPageMetrics WHERE
MetricsDate = Last_N_DAYS:7 GROUP BY PageName ORDER BY SUM(RecordCount) Desc Limit 10
Usage
• Platform
• Metadata API
• Tooling API
220
Reference Lightning Scheduler Resources
Lightning Scheduler Resources

Use Lightning Scheduler REST APIs to get appointment time slots or available resources based your work type group and territories.
IN THIS SECTION:
Scheduling
Returns a list of available lightning scheduler REST resources and corresponding URIs.
Get Appointment Slots
Returns a list of available appointment time slots for a resource based on given work type group and territories.
Get Appointment Candidates
Returns a list of available service resources (appointment candidates) based on work type group and service territories.
Request Bodies
Response Bodies
SEE ALSO:
Set Up Lightning Scheduler
Scheduling
Returns a list of available lightning scheduler REST resources and corresponding URIs.
Syntax
URI
/services/data/vXX.X/scheduling/
45.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Note: The Lightning Platform REST API supports OAuth 2.0 (an open protocol to allow secure API authorization). See
Understanding Authentication on page 5 for more details.
Response Body
Execution of a successful request returns names of resources and their URIs as key-value pairs.
JSON Example
{
"getAppointmentCandidates" : "/services/data/v45.0/scheduling/getAppointmentCandidates",
221
Reference Get Appointment Slots
"getAppointmentSlots" : "/services/data/v45.0/scheduling/getAppointmentSlots"
}

Returns a list of available appointment time slots for a resource based on given work type group and territories.
Syntax
URI
/services/data/vXX.X/scheduling/getAppointmentSlots
45.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
POST
Authentication
Understanding Authentication for more details.
Request body
Parameter Required Type Description

startTime No String The earliest time that a time slot can begin (inclusive). Defaults to
the current time of the request, if empty.
endTime No String The latest time that a time slot can end (inclusive).
workTypeGroupId Required if String The ID of the work type group containing the work types that are
workType being performed.
is not
given.
workType Required if Work Type The type of the work to be performed.

workTypeGroupId
is not
given.
accountId No String The ID of the associated account.
territoryIds Yes String[] List of IDs of service territories, where the work that is being
requested is performed.
requiredResourceIds Yes String[] List of resource IDs that must be available during the time slot. At
present, only one resource is allowed on this list.
222

schedulingPolicyId No String The ID of the AppointmentSchedulingPolicy object. If no scheduling
policy is passed in the request body, the default configurations are
used. The only scheduling policy configuration that is used in
determining time slots is the enforcement of account visiting hours.
Note: To determine the required fields in your request body, consider the following points:
• Provide either workTypeGroupId or workType in your request body, but not both
• If workType is given, then you must provide either id or durationInMinutes, but not both.
• If id of the workType is given, the rest of workType fields are optional.
Response Body
Execution of a successful request returns the response body containing a list of available time slots.

timeSlots Yes Time Slots List of time slots included in each territory.
on page
230[]
Examples
Request Body Example
Using workTypeGroupId:
{
"startTime" : "2019-01-23T00:00:00.000Z",
"endTime" : "2019-02-30T00:00:00.000Z",
"workTypeGroupId" : "0VSB0000000KyjBOAS",
"accountId" : "001B000000qAUAWIA4",
"territoryIds" : ["0HhB0000000TO9WKAW"],
"schedulingPolicyId" : "0VrB0000000KyjB",
"requiredResourceIds" : ["0HnB0000000TO8gKAK"]
}
Using workType:
{
"startTime" : "2019-01-23T00:00:00.000Z",
"endTime" : "2019-02-30T00:00:00.000Z",
"workType" : {
"id" : "08qRM00000003fkYAA"
},
"requiredResourceIds" : ["0HnB0000000TO8gKAK"],
"territoryIds" : ["0HhRM00000003OZ0AY"]
"schedulingPolicyId" : "0VrB0000000KyjB"
}
223
Using durationInMinutes and without workTypeGroupId or workType id fields:

{
"workType" : {
"durationInMinutes" : 60
},
"territoryIds" : ["0HhRM00000003OZ0AY"],
"requiredResourceIds" : ["0HnB0000000TO8gKAK"]
}
Response Body Example

{
"timeSlots" :
[
{
"endTime" : "2019-01-21T19:15:00.000+0000",
"startTime" : "2019-01-21T16:15:00.000+0000",
"territoryId" : "0HhB0000000TO9WKAW"
}, {
"endTime" : "2019-01-21T19:30:00.000+0000",
"startTime" : "2019-01-21T16:30:00.000+0000",
}, {
"endTime" : "2019-01-21T19:45:00.000+0000",
"startTime" : "2019-01-21T16:45:00.000+0000",
}
]
}
Prerequisites
The appointment time slots are determined based on your Lightning Scheduler data model configurations. Here are some prerequisites
that you can consider while setting up data.
• Set up Lightning Scheduler before making your requests. This setup includes creating or configuring Service Resources, Service
Territory Members, Work Type Groups, Work Types, Work Type Group Members, and Service Territory Work Types. See Set Up
Lightning Scheduler for more information.
• Configure a work type mapped for each territory in the request body via Service Territory Work Type. Map the same work type to
the work type group, via work type group member.
Rules and Guidelines

The following factors affect how time slots are calculated and returned.
• Timezones that differ across operating hours are handled and results are always returned in UTC.
• The resource must be marked as a required resource on the assigned resource object.
• The resource is considered unavailable If the status categories of the resource assigned to service appointments are other than
Canceled, Cannot Complete, and Completed.
• Resource Absences of all types are considered unavailable from start to end.
• The following fields of Work Type records, if configured, are used to fine-tune time slot requirements. For more information, see
Create Work Types in Lightning Scheduler.
224
Reference Get Appointment Candidates
Timeframe Start Time slots sooner than current time + Timeframe Start are not
returned.
Timeframe End Time slots later than current time + Timeframe End are not returned.
Block Time Before Appointment The time period before the appointment is considered as unavailable.
Block Time After Appointment The time period after the appointment is considered as unavailable.
Operating Hours The overlap of all operating hours from the account, work type, service territory, and
service territory member are considered while determining time slots. For more
information, see Operating Hours Considerations in Lightning Scheduler.
• Only the time slots within the period of 28 days are returned.
• The earliest and latest appointment slots are calculated using the following guidelines:
– The earliest appointment slot = maximum of
• Service Territory Member Start Date
• current time + Time frame Start
• Start Time passed in the request body
– The latest appointment slot = minimum of

• Service Territory Member End Date
• the earliest appointment slot date + 28 days
• current time + Timeframe End
Note: If asset scheduling is enabled, you can provide an asset based service resource in requiredResourceIds to
retrieve available timeslots for the asset resource.

Returns a list of available service resources (appointment candidates) based on work type group and service territories.
Syntax
URI
/services/data/vXX.X/scheduling/getAppointmentCandidates
45.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
POST
Authentication
225
Understanding Authentication for more details.
Request body

workTypeGroupId Required if String The ID of the work type group containing the work types that are
workType being performed.
is not
given.
workType Required if Work Type The type of the work to be performed.

workTypeGroupId
is not
given.
territoryIds Yes String[] List of service territory IDs, where the work that is being requested
is performed.
schedulingPolicyId No String The ID of the AppointmentSchedulingPolicy object. If no scheduling

policy is passed in the request body, the default configurations are
used. All Scheduling Policy Configurations are considered when
using this API.
startTime No String The earliest time that a time slot can begin (inclusive). Defaults to
the current time of the request, if empty.
endTime No String The latest time that a time slot can end (inclusive).
accountId No String The ID of the associated account.
Note: To determine the required fields in your request body, consider the following points:
• Provide either workTypeGroupId or workType in your request body, but not both
• If workType is given, then you must provide either id or durationInMinutes, but not both.
• If id of the workType is given, the rest of workType fields are optional.
Response Body
Execution of a successful request returns the response body containing a list of available appointment resources.

candidates Yes Candidates List of available appointment candidates.
on page
230[]
226
Examples
Using workTypeGroupId:
{
"startTime" : "2019-01-23T00:00:00.000Z",
"endTime" : "2019-02-30T00:00:00.000Z",
"workTypeGroupId" : "0VSB0000000KyjBOAS",
"territoryIds" : ["0HhB0000000TO9WKAW"],
}
Using workType:
{
"startTime" : "2019-01-23T00:00:00.000Z",
"endTime" : "2019-02-30T00:00:00.000Z",
"workType" : {
"id" : "08qRM00000003fkYAA"
},
"territoryIds" : ["0HhRM00000003OZ0AY"],
}
Using durationInMinutes and without workTypeGroupId or workType id fields:

{
"workType" : {
"durationInMinutes" : 60,
"blockTimeBeforeAppointmentInMinutes" : 5,
"blockTimeAfterAppointmentInMinutes" : 5,
"timeFrameStartInMinutes" : 10080,
"timeFrameEndInMinutes" : 40320,
"operatingHoursId" : "0OHR00000004EEjOAM",
"skillRequirements" : [
{"skillId" : "0C5R000000000cf", "skillLevel" : 90}
]
},
"territoryIds" : ["0HhRM00000003OZ0AY"]
}

{
"candidates" : [ {
"endTime" : "2019-01-23T19:15:00.000+0000",
"resources" : [ "0HnB0000000D2DsKAK" ],
"startTime" : "2019-01-23T16:15:00.000+0000",
}, {
"endTime" : "2019-01-23T19:30:00.000+0000",
"startTime" : "2019-01-23T16:30:00.000+0000",
227
Reference Request Bodies
}, {
"endTime" : "2019-01-23T19:45:00.000+0000",
"startTime" : "2019-01-23T16:45:00.000+0000",
}]
}
Prerequisites
The appointment time slots are determined based on your Lightning Scheduler data model configurations. Here are some prerequisites
that you can consider while setting up data.
• Set up Lightning Scheduler before making requests. This setup includes creating or configuring Service Resources, Service Territory
Members, Work Type Groups, Work Types, Work Type Group Members, and Service Territory Work Types. See Set Up Lightning
Scheduler for more information.
• The territory type of the Service Territory Member must be either Primary, Secondary, or Relocation. The Primary and Relocation
territory types are considered the same.
• The territory type of the Service Territory Member must be either Primary, Secondary, or Relocation. The Primary and Relocation
territory types are considered the same.
Rules and Guidelines

The following factors are considered for returning start time and end time of resources.
Resource Availability
Determined using service territory member, service territory, work type, and account operating hours fields.
Resource Unavailability
Determined by resource absences, existing appointments that the resource is assigned to. The resource must be marked as a required
resource for the appointment with a status that is not in closed, canceled, or completed.
Appointment Start Time Interval in the Scheduling Policy
Appointment start time interval field in the Scheduling Policy is used to determine when the appointment can start. This interval
can be 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, or 60. By default, it is set to 15.
Work Type Duration
The end time is calculated as start time + duration of the work type.
Note: If asset scheduling is enabled, the response also includes asset-based candidates.
Request Bodies
To perform a POST, PATCH, or PUT request, create a request body formatted in either XML or JSON. This chapter lists the request bodies.
IN THIS SECTION:
Work Type
Details about the type of work to be performed.
Skill Requirement
List of skills that are required to complete a particular task for a work type.
228
Reference Response Bodies
Work Type
Details about the type of work to be performed.
Name Type Required Description

id String Required if Id of the work type.
durationInMinutes
is not given.
durationInMinutes String Required if id is not Contains the event length, in minutes.

given.
timeframeStartInMinutes String No The beginning of the timeframe.
timeframeEndInMinutes String No The end of the timeframe.
blockTimeBeforeAppointmentInMinutes String No The time period before the appointment is considered as

unavailable.
blockTimeAfterAppointmentInMinutes String No The time period after the appointment is considered as

unavailable.
operatingHoursId String No The overlap of all operating hours from the account, work
type, service territory, and service territory member are
considered while determining time slots.
skillRequirements Skill Requirement[] No List of skills that are required to complete a particular task
for a work type.
Note: Provide either Id or durationInMinutes in the request body, but not both.
Skill Requirement
List of skills that are required to complete a particular task for a work type.
Name Type Required Description

skillId String Yes The skill that is required.
SkillLevel String No The level of the skill required. Skill levels can range from
zero to 99.99. Depending on your business needs, you might
want the skill level to reflect years of experience, certification
levels, or license classes.
Response Bodies
Successful execution of a request to a lightning scheduler resource can return a response body either in JSON or XML format. For example,
the request to get appointment time slots returns a list of available time slots for a selection of work type group and territories.
229
Reference Response Bodies
IN THIS SECTION:
Time Slots
Describes the result of Get Appointments Slots request.
Candidates
Describes the result of Get Appointments Candidates request.
Time Slots
Describes the result of Get Appointments Slots request.
List of time slots available for each territory.

startTime String The start time of the appointment time slot.
endTime String The end time of the appointment time slot.
territoryId String The service territory associated with this time slot.
SEE ALSO:
Candidates
Describes the result of Get Appointments Candidates request.
List of available service resources.

startTime String The start time of the appointment time slot.
endTime String The end time of the appointment time slot.
territoryId String The service territory associated with this resource.
resources String[] List of service resource IDs that are available.
Important: At present, only one resource is returned on this list.

If there is more than one resource included in a territory, a new
child object is added for each resource in the response JSON
body.
SEE ALSO:
230
Reference Search for Records Suggested by Autocomplete and Instant
Results
Search for Records Suggested by Autocomplete and Instant Results

Returns a list of suggested records whose names match the user’s search string. The suggestions resource provides autocomplete results
and instant results for users to navigate directly to likely relevant records, before performing a full search.
Syntax
URI
vXX.X/search/suggestions?q=search_string&sobject=object_types
32.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Request body
None required
Request parameters
fields Optional. Used for creating lookup queries. Specify multiple fields using a
comma-separated list. Specifies which lookup fields to be returned in the response.
groupId Optional. Specifies one or more unique identifiers of one or more groups that the
question to return was posted to. Specify multiple groups using a comma-separated
list. This parameter is only applicable when the parameter type equals question.
Don’t use with the userId.
ignoreUnsupportedSObjects Optional. Specifies what to do if unsupported objects are included in the request. If
false and an unsupported object is included, an error is returned. If true and an
unsupported object is included, the object is ignored and no error is returned. See the
Unsupported Objects section for reference. The default is false.
limit Optional. Specifies the maximum number of suggested records to return. If a limit isn’t
specified, 5 records are returned by default. If there are more suggested records than
the limit specified, the response body’s hasMoreResults property is true.
networkId Optional. Specifies one or more unique identifiers for the community(ies) that the
question to return is associated to. Specify multiple communities using a
comma-separated list. This parameter is only applicable when the parameter type
equals question or parameter sobject equals user.
q Required. The user’s search query string, properly URL-encoded. Suggestions are
returned only if the user’s query string meets the minimum length requirements: one
character for queries in Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Thai; three characters for all
231
Results
other languages. Query strings that exceed the maximum length of 255 characters (or
200 consecutive characters without a space break) return an error.
sobject Required. The objects that the search is scoped to, such as Account or offer__c.
If the sobject value is feedItem, it is required to have the type parameter
with a value of question.
Specify up to 10 objects with a comma-separated list. For example:
sobject=Account,Contact,Lead. To take advantage of this feature, activate
the CrossObjectTypeahead permission.
To specify the specific fields to return by object, use the following syntax with multiple
fields in a comma-separated list. The sobject is lowercase.
sobject=sobject.fields=fields
For example:
&sobject=Account,Contact,Lead&account.fields=Website,Phone
&contact.fields=Phone
topicId Optional. Specifies the unique identifier of the single topic that the question to return
was tagged as. This parameter is only applicable when the parameter type equals
question.
type Required when the sobject value is feedItem. Including this parameter for all
other sobject values doesn’t affect the query. Specifies that the type of Feed is
questions. Valid value: question.
userId Optional. Specifies one or more unique identifiers of one or more users who authored
the question to return. Specify multiple users using a comma-separated list. This
parameter is only applicable when the parameter type equals question. Don’t use
with the groupId.
useSearchScope Optional. Available in API version 40.0 and later. The default value is false. If false,
the objects specified in the request are used to suggest records. If true, in addition
to the objects specified in the request, the user's search scope is used to suggest records.
The search scope is the list of objects a user uses most frequently.
• If the request doesn’t specify an object, use useSearchScope=true.
• If useSearchScope=true and the user's search scope is empty, the default
search scope is used to suggest records.
• Only the first 10 objects are used to suggest records.
• Objects specified in the sobject parameter are prioritized over objects in the
user's search scope.
• Values for the ignoreUnsupportedSObjects parameter aren’t applied
to the objects in the search scope.
This example uses only the search scope.
.../search/suggestions?q=Acme&useSearchScope=true
232
Results
This example uses the search scope and the Account object.
.../search/suggestions?q=Acme&sobject=Account&useSearchScope=true
where Optional. A filter that follows the same syntax as the SOQL WHERE clause. URLs encode
the expression.
Use the clause for an object, or globally for all compatible objects. An example of an
object-specific clause is:
account.where=name%20LIKE%20%27Smith%25%27. An example of a
global clause is: where=name%20LIKE%20%27Smith%25%27. The parameter
must be lower case. Any object-specific where clauses override the global where
clause. You can’t use this parameter for the Question object.
To specify multiple entities, see the following example. This feature is available in
version 38.0 and later.
...search/suggestions?q=Smith
&sobject=Account,Contact,KnowledgeArticleVersion,CollaborationGroup,Topic,FeedItem
// Specifies a global where clause (to filter Account and

Contact)
&where=name%20LIKE%20%27Smith%25%27
// Overrides the global where clause for Knowledge Article
(filtering by PublishStatus and Language is required for

KnowledgeArticle)
&knowledgearticleversion.where=PublishStatus='online'+and+language='en_US'
// Overrides the global where clause for Topic
&topic.where=networkid=<1234567891>
// Overrides the global where clause for
CollaborationGroup
&collaborationgroup.where=networkid=<1234567891>
// FeedItem-Question doesn't support where clauses, but
we can filter
the type and networkId&type=question
&networkId==<1234567891>
Usage
The suggestions resource returns records when the record’s name field includes the exact text in the search string. The last term in the
search string can match the beginning of a word. Records that contain the search string within a word aren’t considered a match.
Note: If the user’s search query contains quotation marks or wildcards, those symbols are automatically removed from the query
string in the URI.
Example: The text string national u is treated as national u* and returns “National Utility”, “National Urban Company”,
and “First National University”.
233
Results
Suggested Records Response

The suggestions resource returns display-ready data about likely relevant records that the user can access.
A relevance algorithm determines the order of results.
Each suggested record in the results contains these elements:
Element Description
Attributes The record’s object type and the URL for accessing the record.
Also includes the requested lookup fields’ values. For example, if you requested
fields=Id,Name, the result would include the ID and name.
Name (or Title) The record’s Name field. In the absence of a standard Name field, the Title field is used
for these objects:
• Dashboard
• Idea
• IdeaTheme
• Note
• Question
In the absence of a standard Name or Title field, the main identifying field is used. For
example, in cases, the Case Number is used.
Id The record’s unique identifier.
Example JSON Response Body

[ {
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/001xx000003DH6WAAW"
},
"Id" : "001xx000003DH6WAAW"
"Name" : "National Utility Service"
}, {
{
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/001xx000003DHJ4AAO"
},
"Id" : "001xx000003DHJ4AAO"
"Name" : "National Utility Service"
}, {
{
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/001xx000003DHscAAG"
},
"Id" : "001xx000003DHscAAG"
234
Results
"Name" : "National Urban Technology Center"

} ]
Example JSON Response Body for a Multiple Object Request

[ {
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Account/001xx000003DMEKAA4"
},
"Id" : "001xx000003DMEKAA4"
"Name" : "Joe Doe Printing"
}, {
{
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Account/001xx000003DLjvAAG"
},
"Id" : "001xx000003DLjvAAGO"
"Name" : "Joe Doe Plumbing"
}, {
{
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Contact",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Contact/003xx000004U9Y9AAK"
},
"Id" : "003xx000004U9Y9AAK"
"Name" : "John Doe"
} ]
Example XML Response Body

<?xml version=”1.0” encoding=”UTF-8”?
<suggestions>
<autoSuggestResults type="Account"
url="/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/001xx000003DH6WAAW">
<Id>001xx000003DH6WAAW</Id>
<Name>National Utility Service</Name>
</autoSuggestResults>
url="/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/001xx000003DHJ4AAO">
<Id>001xx000003DHJ4AAO</Id>
<Name>National Utility Service</Name>
url="/services/data/v32.0/sobjects/Account/001xx000003DHscAAG">
<Id>001xx000003DHscAAG</Id>
<Name>National Urban Technology Center</Name>
<hasMoreResults>true</hasMoreResults>
</suggestions>
235
Reference Search Suggested Article Title Matches
Unsupported Objects
The suggestions resource supports all searchable objects except the following.
• ContentNote
• Event
• External objects
• FeedComment
• FeedPost
• IdeaComment
• Pricebook2
• Reply
• TagDefinition
• Task
Search Suggested Article Title Matches

Returns a list of Salesforce Knowledge article titles that match the user’s search query string. Provides a shortcut to navigate directly to
likely relevant articles before the user performs a search.
Syntax
URI
/vXX.X/search/suggestTitleMatches?q=search string&language=article
language&publishStatus=article publication status
30.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Request body
None required
Request parameters
articleTypes Optional. Three-character ID prefixes indicating the desired article types. You can specify
multiple values for this parameter in a single REST call, by repeating the parameter
name for each value. For example, articleTypes=ka0&articleTypes=ka1.
categories Optional. The name of the data category group and name of the data category for
desired articles, expressed as a JSON mapping. You can specify multiple data category
236
group and data category pairs in this parameter. For example,
categories={"Regions":"Asia","Products":"Laptops"}.
Characters in the URL might need to be encoded. For this example,
categories=%7B%22Regions%22%3A%22Asia
%22%2C%22Products%22%3A%22Laptops%22%7D.
channel Optional. The channel where the matching articles are visible. Valid values:
• AllChannels–Visible in all channels the user has access to
• App–Visible in the internal Salesforce Knowledge application
• Pkb–Visible in the public knowledge base
• Csp–Visible in the Customer Portal
• Prm–Visible in the Partner Portal
If channel isn’t specified, the default value is determined by the type of user.
• Pkb for a guest user
• Csp for a Customer Portal user
• Prm for a Partner Portal user
• App for any other type of user
If channel is specified, the specified value may not be the actual value requested,
because of certain requirements.
• For guest, Customer Portal, and Partner Portal users, the specified value must match
the default value for each user type. If the values don’t match or AllChannels
is specified, then App replaces the specified value.
• For all users other than guest, Customer Portal, and Partner Portal users:
– If Pkb, Csp, Prm, or App are specified, then the specified value is used.
– If AllChannels is specified, then App replaces the specified value.
language Required. The language of the user’s query. Specifies the language that matching
articles are written in.
limit Optional. Specifies the maximum number of articles to return. If there are more
suggested articles than the limit specified, the response body’s hasMoreResults
property is true.
publishStatus Required. The article’s publication status. Valid values:

• Draft–Articles aren’t published in Salesforce Knowledge.
• Online–Articles are published in Salesforce Knowledge.
• Archived–Articles aren’t published and are available in Archived Articles view.
character for queries in Chinese, Japanese, and Korean, and three characters for all
other languages. Query strings exceeding the maximum length of 250 characters return
an error.
237
topics Optional. The topic of the returned articles. For example:
topics=outlook&topics=email.
validationStatus Optional. The validation status of returned articles.
Example for getting suggested articles with matching titles

curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v30.0/search/suggestTitleMatches?
q=orange+banana&language=en_US&publishStatus=Online -H "Authorization: Bearer token"

{
"autoSuggestResults" : [ {
"attributes" : {
"url" : "/services/data/v30.0/sobjects/KnowledgeArticleVersion/ka0D00000004CcQ"
},
"Id" : "ka0D00000004CcQ",
"UrlName" : "orange-banana",
"Title" : "orange banana",
"KnowledgeArticleId" : "kA0D00000004Cfz"
} ],
"hasMoreResults" : false
}
Usage
Salesforce Knowledge must be enabled in your organization. The user must have the “View Articles” permission enabled. The articles
suggested include only the articles the user can access, based on the data categories and article types the user has permissions to view.
The Suggest Article Title Matches resource is designed to return display-ready data about likely relevant articles. Articles are suggested
if their titles contain the entire query string, except stopwords, such as “a,” “for,” and “the.”
For example, a search for Backpacking for desert returns the article, “Backpacking in the desert.”
Note: Articles with titles that include stopwords from the query string, such as “Backpacking for desert survival” in this example,
appear before matching articles with titles that don’t include the stopwords.
Stopwords at the end of the query string are treated as search terms.
A wildcard is automatically appended to the last token in the query string.
Note: If the user’s search query contains quotation marks or wildcards, those symbols are automatically removed from the query
string in the URI along with any other special characters.
238
Reference Search Suggested Queries
If the number of suggestions returned exceeds the limit specified in the request, the end of the response contains a field called
hasMoreResults. Its value is true if the suggestions returned are only a subset of the suggestions available, and false otherwise.
SEE ALSO:
SObject Suggested Articles
Search Suggested Queries

Returns a list of suggested searches based on the user’s query string text matching searches that other users have performed in Salesforce
Knowledge. Provides a way to improve search effectiveness, before the user performs a search.
Syntax
URI
vXX.X/search/suggestSearchQueries?q=search string&language=language of query
30.0
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Request body
None required
Request parameters
channel Optional. Specifies the Salesforce Knowledge channel where the article can be viewed.
Valid values:
• AllChannels–Visible in all channels the user has access to
• App–Visible in the internal Salesforce Knowledge application
• Pkb–Visible in the public knowledge base
• Csp–Visible in the Customer Portal
• Prm–Visible in the Partner Portal
If channel isn’t specified, the default value is determined by the type of user.
• Pkb for a guest user
• Csp for a Customer Portal user
• Prm for a Partner Portal user
• App for any other type of user
239
Reference Search Suggested Queries
If channel is specified, the specified value may not be the actual value requested,
because of certain requirements.
• For guest, Customer Portal, and Partner Portal users, the specified value must match
the default value for each user type. If the values don’t match or AllChannels
is specified, then App replaces the specified value.
• For all users other than guest, Customer Portal, and Partner Portal users:
– If Pkb, Csp, Prm, or App are specified, then the specified value is used.
– If AllChannels is specified, then App replaces the specified value.
language Required. The language of the user’s query.
limit Optional. Specifies the maximum number of suggested searches to return. If there are
more suggested queries than the limit specified, the response body’s
hasMoreResults property is true.
character for queries in Chinese, Japanese, and Korean, and three characters for all
other languages. Query strings exceeding the maximum length of 250 characters return
an error.
Example for getting suggested queries

curl https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v30.0/search/suggestSearchQueries?
q=app&language=en_US -H "Authorization: Bearer token"

{
"autoSuggestResults" : [ {
"0" : "apple",
"1" : "apple banana",
} ],
"hasMoreResults" : false
}
Usage
Salesforce Knowledge must be enabled in your organization.
Queries are suggested if they exactly match the query string text. The text string must be a prefix within the query; it’s not considered
a match if it appears within a word. For example, the text string app would return suggested queries apple banana and banana apples
but not pineapple.
If the number of suggestions returned exceeds the limit specified in the request, the end of the response contains a field called
hasMoreResults. Its value is true if the suggestions returned are only a subset of the suggestions available, and false otherwise.
240
Reference Tabs
If the user’s search query contains quotation marks or wildcards, those symbols are automatically removed from the query string in the
URI.
Tabs
Returns a list of all tabs—including Lightning page tabs—available to the current user, regardless of whether the user has chosen to
hide tabs via the All Tabs (+) tab customization feature. This resource is available in REST API version 31.0 and later.
Syntax
URI
/vXX.X/tabs/
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET, HEAD
Authentication
Request body
None
Request parameters
None
Example
Usage for getting tabs
/services/data/v31.0/tabs
Sample JSON Response body for /vXX.X/tabs/

This is a partial code sample, representing the Accounts tab.
[...,
"colors" : [ {
"color" : "6f7ccb",
"theme" : "theme4"
}, {
"color" : "236FBD",
"theme" : "theme3"
} ],
"custom" : false,
"iconUrl" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/img/icon/accounts32.png",
"icons" : [ {
"height" : 32,
"theme" : "theme3",
"url" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/img/icon/accounts32.png",
241
Reference Themes
"width" : 32
}, {
"height" : 16,
"theme" : "theme3",
"url" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/img/icon/accounts16.png",
"width" : 16
}, {
"height" : 0,
"theme" : "theme4",
"url" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/img/icon/t4/standard/account.svg",
"width" : 0
}, {
"height" : 60,
"theme" : "theme4",
"url" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/img/icon/t4/standard/account_60.png",
"width" : 60
}, {
"height" : 120,
"theme" : "theme4",
"url" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/img/icon/t4/standard/account_120.png",
"width" : 120
} ],
"miniIconUrl" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/img/icon/accounts16.png",
"name" : "standard-Account",
"sobjectName" : "Account",
"url" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/001/o",
...]
Themes
Gets the list of icons and colors used by themes in the Salesforce application. Theme information is provided for objects in your organization
that use icons and colors in the Salesforce UI.
The If-Modified-Since header can be used with this resource, with a date format of EEE, dd MMM yyyy HH:mm:ss
z. When this header is used, if the object metadata has not changed since the provided date, a 304 Not Modified status code
is returned, with no response body.
Syntax
URI
/vXX.X/theme
29.0
242
Reference Themes
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP methods
GET
Authentication
Request body
None
Request parameters
None
Response data
An array of theme items. Each theme item contains the following fields:

colors array of theme colors Array of theme colors.
icons array of theme icons Array of theme icons.
name string Name of the object that the theme colors and icons are associated with.
Each theme color contains the following fields:

color string The color described in Web color RGB format, for example, “00FF00”.
context string The color context, which determines whether the color is the main color
(“primary”) for the object, or not.
theme string The associated theme. Possible values include:

• theme2—Theme used prior to Spring ’10, called the “Salesforce Classic
2005 user interface theme”
• theme3—Theme introduced in Spring ’10, called the “Salesforce Classic
• theme4—Theme introduced in Winter ’14 for the mobile touchscreen
version of Salesforce, and in Winter ’16 for Lightning Experience
• custom—Theme associated with a custom icon
Each theme icon contains the following fields:

contentType string The icon’s content type, for example, “image/png.”
height number The icon’s height in pixels. If the icon content type is an SVG type, height and
width values are not used.
243
Reference Themes

theme string The associated theme. Possible values include:
• theme2—Theme used prior to Spring ’10, called the “Salesforce Classic
• theme3—Theme introduced in Spring ’10, called the “Salesforce Classic
• theme4—Theme introduced in Winter ’14 for the mobile touchscreen
version of Salesforce, and in Winter ’16 for Lightning Experience
• custom—Theme associated with a custom icon
url string The fully qualified URL for this icon.
width number The icon’s width in pixels. If the icon content type is an SVG type, height and
width values are not used.
Example
The following is an example JSON response using a request of services/data/v29.0/theme:
{
"themeItems" : [
{
"name" : "Merchandise__c",
"icons" : [
{
"width" : 32,
"url" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/img/icon/computer32.png",
"height" : 32,
"theme" : "theme3"
},
{
"width" : 16,
"url" : "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/img/icon/computer16.png",
"height" : 16,
"theme" : "theme3"
} ],
"colors" : [
{
"color" : "6666CC",
"theme" : "theme3"
},
{
"color" : "66895F",
"theme" : "theme4"
},
...
244
Reference Composite Resources
}
...
}
Composite Resources
Use REST API composite resources to improve your application’s performance by minimizing the number of round-trips between the
client and server.
IN THIS SECTION:
Composite
Executes a series of REST API requests in a single call. You can use the output of one request as the input to a subsequent request.
The response bodies and HTTP statuses of the requests are returned in a single response body. The entire request counts as a single
call toward your API limits.
Batch
Executes up to 25 subrequests in a single request. The response bodies and HTTP statuses of the subrequests in the batch are returned
in a single response body. Each subrequest counts against rate limits.
SObject Tree
Creates one or more sObject trees with root records of the specified type. An sObject tree is a collection of nested, parent-child
records with a single root record.
SObject Collections
Executes actions on multiple records in one request. Use SObject Collections to reduce the number of round-trips between the client
and server. This resource is available in API version 42.0 and later.
Composite
Executes a series of REST API requests in a single call. You can use the output of one request as the input to a subsequent request. The
response bodies and HTTP statuses of the requests are returned in a single response body. The entire request counts as a single call
toward your API limits.
The requests in a composite call are called subrequests. All subrequests are executed in the context of the same user. In a subrequest’s
body, you specify a reference ID that maps to the subrequest’s response. You can then refer to the ID in the url or body fields of later
subrequests by using a JavaScript-like reference notation.
For example, the following composite request body includes two subrequests. The first creates an account and designates the output
as refAccount. The second creates a contact parented under the new account by referencing refAccount in the subrequest
body.
{
"method" : "POST",
"referenceId" : "refAccount",
"body" : { "Name" : "Sample Account" }
},{
"method" : "POST",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Contact",
"referenceId" : "refContact",
245
Reference Composite
"body" : {
"LastName" : "Sample Contact",
"AccountId" : "@{refAccount.id}"
}
}]
}
You can specify whether an error in a subrequest causes the whole composite request to roll back or just the subrequests that depend
on it. You can also specify headers for each subrequest.
Composite is supported for the following resources.
• All sObject resources (vXX.X/sobjects/)
• The Query resource (vXX.X/query/?q=soql)
• The QueryAll resource (vXX.X/queryAll/?q=soql)
• The SObject Collections resource (vXX.X/composite/sobjects). Available in API version 43.0 and later.
Note: You can have up to 25 subrequests in a single call. Up to 5 of these subrequests can be query operations, including Query,
QueryAll, and “Query More” requests to obtain the next batch of query results.
URI
/vXX.X/composite
Formats
JSON
HTTP method
GET (lists other available composite resources), POST
Authentication
Parameters
None required
Request body
Composite Request Body
Response body
Composite Response Body
Examples
For examples of using the Composite resource, see Execute Dependent Requests in a Single API Call and Update an Account, Create
a Contact, and Link Them with a Junction Object.
Composite Request Body

Describes a collection of subrequests to execute with the Composite resource.
Composite Collection Input

The request body contains an allOrNone flag that specifies how to roll back errors and a compositeRequest collection that
includes subrequests to execute.
246
Reference Composite
Properties
Name Type Description Required or

Optional
allOrNone Boolean Specifies what to do when an error occurs while processing a Optional
subrequest. If the value is true, the entire composite request
is rolled back. The top-level request returns HTTP 200 and
includes responses for each subrequest.
If the value is false, the remaining subrequests that don’t
depend on the failed subrequest are executed. Dependent
subrequests aren’t executed.
In either case, the top-level request returns HTTP 200 and
includes responses for each subrequest.
compositeRequest Composite Collection of subrequests to execute. Required

Subrequest[]
JSON example
{
"allOrNone" : true,
Composite Subrequest
},{
},{
}]
}
Contains the resource, method, headers, body, and reference ID for the subrequest.
Properties

Optional
body Varies The input body for the subrequest. Optional
The type depends on the request specified in the url property.
httpHeaders Map<String, Request headers and their values to include with the subrequest. Optional
String> You can include any header supported by the requested resource
except for the following three headers.
• Accept
• Authorization
247
Reference Composite

Optional
• Content-Type
Subrequests inherit these three header values from the top-level
request. Don’t specify these headers in a subrequest. If you do,
the top-level request fails and returns an HTTP 400 response.
method String The method to use with the requested resource. Possible values Required
are POST, PUT, PATCH, GET, and DELETE (case-sensitive).
For a list of valid methods, refer to the documentation for the
requested resource.
referenceId String Reference ID that maps to the subrequest’s response and can Required
be used to reference the response in later subrequests. You can
reference the referenceId in either the body or URL of a
subrequest. Use this syntax to include a reference:
@{referenceId.FieldName}.
You can use two operators with the reference ID.
The . operator references a field on a JSON object in the
response. For example, let’s say you retrieve an account record’s
data in one subrequest and assign the reference ID
Account1Data to the output. You can refer to the account’s
name in later subrequests like this:
@{Account1Data.Name}.
The [] operator indexes a JSON collection in the response. For
example, let’s say you request basic account information with
the SObject Basic Information resource in one subrequest and
assign the reference ID AccountInfo to the output. Part of
the response includes a collection of recently created accounts.
You can refer to the ID of the first account in the recent items
collection like this:
@{AccountInfo.recentItems[0].Id}.
You can use each operator recursively as long as it makes sense
in the context of the response. For example, to refer to the billing
city component of an account’s compound address field:
@{NewAccount.BillingAddress.city}.
referenceId is case-sensitive, so pay close attention to the
case of the fields you’re referring to.
url String The resource to request. Required

• The URL can include any query string parameters that the
subrequest supports. The query string must be URL-encoded.
• You can use parameters to filter response bodies.
• The URL must start with /services/data/vXX.X/.
248
Reference Composite
JSON examples
{
"method" : "GET",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Account/describe",
"httpHeaders" : { "If-Modified-Since" : "Tue, 31 May 2016 18:00:00 GMT" },
"referenceId" : "AccountInfo"
}
{
"method" : "POST",
"referenceId" : "refAccount",
"body" : { "Name" : "Sample Account" }
}
{
"method" : "GET",
"url" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Account/@{refAccount.id}",
"referenceId" : "NewAccountFields"
}
Usage
Because referenceId is case-sensitive, it’s important to note the case of the fields that you’re referring to. The same field can
use different cases in different contexts. For example, when you create a record, the ID field appears as id in the response. But
when you access a record’s data with the SObject Rows resource, the ID field appears as Id. In the last example subrequest above,
the @{refAccount.id} reference is valid because refAccount refers to the response from the POST in the second
subrequest. If you use Id instead (mixed case rather than all lowercase), as in @{refAccount.Id}, you get an error when
sending the request because the reference ID uses the wrong case.
Note: You can have up to 25 subrequests in a single call. Up to 5 of these subrequests can be query operations, including
Query, QueryAll, and “Query More” requests to obtain the next batch of query results.
Composite Response Body

Describes the result of a Composite request.
Composite Results
Properties

compositeResponse Composite Subrequest Collection of subrequest results
Result[]
JSON example
{
Composite Subrequest Result
},{
249
Reference Composite

},{
}]
}

Properties

body The type depends on the The response body of this subrequest. See the documentation for the
response type of the subrequest resource for more information.
subrequest.
If the subrequest returns an error, the body includes the error code and
message. For more details on error responses, see Status Codes and
Error Responses
httpHeaders Map<String, String> Response headers and their values for this subrequest. The Composite
resource doesn’t support the Content-Length header, so subrequest
responses don’t include this header and neither does the top-level
response.
httpStatusCode Integer An HTTP status code for this subrequest. If allOrNone is set to true
in the composite request and a subrequest returns an error, all other
subrequests return the 400 HTTP status code.
referenceID String The reference ID specified in the subrequest. This property lets you easily
associate subrequests with their results.
JSON example
The following example shows the response for a subrequest that successfully created an Account:
{
"body" : {
"id" : "001R00000033I6AIAU",
"success" : true,
"errors" : [ ]
},
"httpHeaders" : {
"Location" : "/services/data/v38.0/sobjects/Account/001R00000033I6AIAU"
},
"referenceId" : "refAccount"
}
The following example shows the response for a subrequest that had an error while trying to create a Contact:
{
"body" : [ {
"message" : "Email: invalid email address: Not a real email address",
250
Reference Batch
"errorCode" : "INVALID_EMAIL_ADDRESS",
"fields" : [ "Email" ]
} ],
"referenceId" : "badContact"
}
Batch
Executes up to 25 subrequests in a single request. The response bodies and HTTP statuses of the subrequests in the batch are returned
in a single response body. Each subrequest counts against rate limits.
The requests in a batch are called subrequests. All subrequests are executed in the context of the same user. Subrequests are independent,
and you can’t pass information between them. Subrequests execute serially in their order in the request body. When a subrequest
executes successfully, it commits its data. Commits are reflected in the output of later subrequests. If a subrequest fails, commits made
by previous subrequests are not rolled back. If a batch request doesn’t complete within 10 minutes, the batch times out and the remaining
subrequests aren’t executed.
Batching for the following resources and resource groups is available in API version 34.0 and later.
• Limits—vXX.X/limits
• SObject resources—vXX.X/sobjects/
• Query—vXX.X/query/?q=soql
• QueryAll—vXX.X/queryAll/?q=soql
• Search—vXX.X/search/?q=sosl
• Connect resources—vXX.X/connect/
• Chatter resources—vXX.X/chatter/
Batching for the following resources and resource groups is available in API version 35.0 and later.
• Actions—vXX.X/actions
The API version of the resource accessed in each subrequest must be no earlier than 34.0 and no later than the Batch version in the
top-level request. For example, if you post a Batch request to /services/data/v35.0/composite/batch, you can include
subrequests that access version 34.0 or 35.0 resources. But if you post a Batch request to
/services/data/v34.0/composite/batch, you can only include subrequests that access version 34.0 resources.
URI
/vXX.X/composite/batch
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP method
POST
Authentication
Parameters
None required
Request body
Batch Request Body on page 252
251
Reference Batch
Response body
Batch Response Body on page 254
Examples
For an example of using the Batch resource, see Update a Record and Get Its Field Values in a Single Request on page 98.
Batch Request Body

Describes a collection of subrequests to execute with the Batch resource.
Batch Collection Input

The request body contains a batchRequests collection that includes subrequests to execute.
Properties

Optional
batchRequests Subrequest[] Collection of subrequests to execute. Required
haltOnError Boolean Controls whether Salesforce should stop processing subrequests Optional
if a subrequest fails. The default is false.
If the value is false and a subrequest in the batch doesn’t
complete, Salesforce attempts to execute the subsequent
subrequests in the batch.
If the value is true and a subrequest in the batch doesn’t
complete due to an HTTP response in the 400 or 500 range,
Salesforce halts execution. It returns an HTTP 412 status code
and a BATCH_PROCESSING_HALTED error message for
each subsequent subrequest. The top-level request to
/composite/batch returns HTTP 200, and the
hasErrors property in the response is set to true.
This setting is only applied during subrequest processing, and
not during initial request deserialization. If an error is detected
during deserialization, such as a syntax error in the Subrequest
request data, Salesforce returns an HTTP 400 Bad Request
error without processing any subrequests, regardless of the value
of haltOnError. An example where this could occur is if a
subrequest has an invalid method or url field.
Root XML Tag

<batch>
JSON example
{
"batchRequests" : [
{
"method" : "PATCH",
252
Reference Batch
"url" : "v34.0/sobjects/account/001D000000K0fXOIAZ",
"richInput" : {"Name" : "NewName"}
},{
"method" : "GET",
}]
}
Subrequest
Contains the resource, method, and accompanying information for the subrequest.
Properties

Optional
binaryPartName String The name of the binary part in the multipart request. Optional
When multiple binary parts are uploaded in one batch request,
this value is used to map a request to its binary part. To prevent
name collisions, use a unique value for each
binaryPartName property in a batch request.
If this value exists, a binaryPartNameAlias value must
also exist.
binaryPartNameAlias String The name parameter in the Content-Disposition header of the Optional
binary body part. Different resources expect different values. See
Insert or Update Blob Data.
If this value exists, a binaryPartName value must also exist.
method String The method to use with the requested resource. For a list of valid Required
methods, refer to the documentation for the requested resource.
richInput The input body for the request. Optional

The type depends on the request specified in the url property.
url String The resource to request. Required

• The URL can include any query string parameters that the
subrequest supports. The query string must be URL-encoded.
• You can use parameters to filter response bodies.
• You cannot apply headers at the subrequest level.
Root XML Tag

<request>
JSON example
{
"method" : "GET",
253
Reference Batch
}
SEE ALSO:
Batch
Batch Response Body

Describes the result of a Batch request.
Batch Results
Properties

hasErrors Boolean true if at least one of the results in the result set is an HTTP status code
in the 400 or 500 range; false otherwise.
results Subrequest Result[] Collection of subrequest results.
JSON example
{
"results" : [{
"statusCode" : 204,
"result" : null
},{
"statusCode" : 200,
"result": {
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
},
"Name" : "NewName",
"Id" : "001D000000K0fXOIAZ"
}
}]
}
254
Reference SObject Tree
Subrequest Result
Properties

result The type depends on the The response body of this subrequest.
response type of the
subrequest.
Important: If the
result is an error,
the type is a
collection
containing the
error message and
error code.
statusCode Integer An HTTP status code indicating the status of this subrequest.
JSON example
{
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
},
"Name" : "NewName",
"Id" : "001D000000K0fXOIAZ"
}
SEE ALSO:
Batch
SObject Tree
Creates one or more sObject trees with root records of the specified type. An sObject tree is a collection of nested, parent-child records
with a single root record.
In the request data, you supply the record hierarchies, required and optional field values, each record’s type, and a reference ID for each
record. Upon success, the response contains the IDs of the created records. If an error occurs while creating a record, the entire request
fails. In this case, the response contains only the reference ID of the record that caused the error and the error information.
The request can contain the following:
• Up to a total of 200 records across all trees
• Up to five records of different types
• SObject trees up to five levels deep
Because an sObject tree can contain a single record, you can use this resource to create up to 200 unrelated records of the same type.
255
When the request is processed and records are created, triggers, processes, and workflow rules fire separately for each of the following
groups of records.
• Root records across all sObject trees in the request
• All second-level records of the same type—for example, second-level Contacts across all sObject trees in the request
• All third-level records of the same type
• All fourth-level records of the same type
• All fifth-level records of the same type
URI
/vXX.X/composite/tree/SObjectName
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP method
POST
Authentication
Parameters
None required
Request body
SObject Tree Request Body on page 256
Response body
SObject Tree Response Body on page 259
Examples
• For an example of creating unrelated records of the same type, see Create Multiple Records on page 101.
• For an example of creating nested records, see Create Nested Records on page 99.
SObject Tree Request Body

Describes a collection of sObject trees to create with the SObject Tree resource.
SObject Tree Collection Input

The request body contains a records collection that includes sObject trees.
Properties

Optional
records SObject Tree Input[] Collection of record trees to create. Each tree’s Required
root record type must correspond to the sObject
specified in the SObject Tree URI.
Root XML Tag

<SObjectTreeRequest>
256
JSON example
{
"records" :[{
"name" : "SampleAccount",
"phone" : "1234567890",
"Contacts" : {
"records" : [{
},{
}]
}
},{
"phone" : "1234567890",
}]
}
XML example
<SObjectTreeRequest>
<records type="Account" referenceId="ref1">
<name>SampleAccount</name>
<phone>1234567890</phone>
<website>www.salesforce.com</website>
<numberOfEmployees>100</numberOfEmployees>
<industry>Banking</industry>
<Contacts>
<records type="Contact" referenceId="ref2">
<lastname>Smith</lastname>
<title>President</title>
<email>[email protected]</email>
</records>
<lastname>Evans</lastname>
<title>Vice President</title>
</records>
</Contacts>
</records>
257

<name>SampleAccount2</name>
<website>www.salesforce2.com</website>
</records>
</SObjectTreeRequest>
SObject Tree Input

An sObject tree is a recursive data structure that contains a root record, its data, and its child records represented as other sObject trees.
Properties

Optional
attributes Collection Attributes for this record. The attributes property contains Required
two subproperties:
• type (required)—This record’s type.
• referenceId (required)—Reference ID for this record.
Must be unique in the context of the request and start with
an alphanumeric character.
In XML, include attributes inside the records element.
Required object fields Depends on Required fields and field values for this record. Required
field
Optional object fields Depends on Optional fields and field values for this record. Optional
field
Child relationships SObject Tree This record’s child relationships, such as an account’s child Optional
Collection contacts. Child relationships are either master-detail or lookup
Input relationships. To view an object’s valid child relationships, use
the SObject Describe resource or Schema Builder. The value of
this property is an SObject Tree Collection Input that contains
child sObject trees.
Root XML Tag

<records>
JSON example
{
"name" : "SampleAccount",
"phone" : "1234567890",
"NumberOfEmployees" : "100",
"Contacts" : {
258
"records" : [{
},{
}]
}
}
XML example
<name>SampleAccount</name>
<website>www.salesforce.com</website>
<Contacts>
<lastname>Smith</lastname>
<title>President</title>
</records>
<lastname>Evans</lastname>
<title>Vice President</title>
</records>
</Contacts>
</records>
SEE ALSO:
SObject Tree
SObject Tree Response Body

Describes the result of an SObject Tree request.
Properties

hasErrors Boolean true if an error occurred while creating a record; false otherwise.
results Collection Upon success, results contains the reference ID of each requested
record and its new record ID. Upon failure, it contains only the reference
259

ID of the record that caused the error, error status code, error message,
and fields related to the error. In the case of duplicate reference IDs,
results contains one item for each instance of the duplicate ID.
JSON example upon success

{
"results" : [{
"id" : "001D000000K0fXOIAZ"
},{
"id" : "001D000000K0fXPIAZ"
},{
"id" : "003D000000QV9n2IAD"
},{
"id" : "003D000000QV9n3IAD"
}]
}
XML example upon success

<SObjectTreeResponse>
<hasErrors>false</hasErrors>
<results>
<id>001D000000K0fXOIAZ</id>
<referenceId>ref1</referenceId>
</results>
<results>
<id>001D000000K0fXPIAZ</id>
</results>
<results>
<id>003D000000QV9n2IAD</id>
</results>
<results>
<id>003D000000QV9n3IAD</id>
</results>
</SObjectTreeResponse>
JSON example upon failure

{
"hasErrors" : true,
"results" : [{
260
Reference SObject Collections
"errors" : [{
"statusCode" : "INVALID_EMAIL_ADDRESS",
"message" : "Email: invalid email address: 123",
"fields" : [ "Email" ]
}]
}]
}
XML example upon failure

<SObjectTreeResponse>
<hasErrors>true</hasErrors>
<results>
<errors>
<fields>Email</fields>
<message>Email: invalid email address: 123</message>
<statusCode>INVALID_EMAIL_ADDRESS</statusCode>
</errors>
</results>
</SObjectTreeResponse>
SEE ALSO:
SObject Tree
SObject Collections
Executes actions on multiple records in one request. Use SObject Collections to reduce the number of round-trips between the client
and server. This resource is available in API version 42.0 and later.
URI
The URI to use depends on the operation.
Create
POST /vXX.X/composite/sobjects
Retrieve
GET
/vXX.X/composite/sobjects/SobjectName?ids=recordId,recordId&fields=fieldname,fieldname
Update
PATCH /vXX.X/composite/sobjects
Delete
DELETE /vXX.X/composite/sobjects?ids=recordId,recordId
Formats
JSON, XML
HTTP method
GET, DELETE, PATCH, POST
261
Authentication
The parameters, request body, and response body you use depend on the operation. For details, see the specific operation.
IN THIS SECTION:
Create Multiple Records with Fewer Round-Trips
Use a POST request with sObject Collections to add up to 200 records, returning a list of SaveResult objects. You can choose whether
to roll back the entire request when an error occurs.
Retrieve Multiple Records with Fewer Round-Trips
Use a GET or POST request with sObject Collections to retrieve one or more records of the same object type. A list of sObjects that
represents the individual records of the specified type is returned. The number of sObjects returned matches the number of IDs
passed in the request.
Update Multiple Records with Fewer Round-Trips
Use a PATCH request with sObject Collections to update up to 200 records, returning a list of SaveResult objects. You can choose
whether to roll back the entire request when an error occurs.
Delete Multiple Records with Fewer Round-Trips
Use a DELETE request with sObject Collections to delete up to 200 records, returning a list of DeleteResult objects. You can choose
Create Multiple Records with Fewer Round-Trips

Use a POST request with sObject Collections to add up to 200 records, returning a list of SaveResult objects. You can choose whether to
roll back the entire request when an error occurs.
Request Syntax
POST /vXX.X/composite/sobjects
Parameters
allOrNone Optional. Indicates whether to roll back the entire request when the creation of any object
fails (true) or to continue with the independent creation of other objects in the request.
The default is false.
records Required. A list of sObjects. In a POST request using sObject Collections, set the type
attribute for each object, but don’t set the id field for any object.
Usage Guidelines
• The list can contain up to 200 objects.
• The list can contain objects of different types, including custom objects.
• Each object must contain an attributes map. The map must contain a value for type.
262
Note: Using sObject Collections to insert blob data requires more values in the attributes map. For more information, see
Using SObject Collections to Insert a Collection of Blob Records.
• Objects are created in the order they’re listed. The SaveResult objects are returned in the order in which the create requests were
specified.
• If the request body includes objects of more than one type, they are processed as chunks. For example, if the incoming objects are
{account1, account2, contact1, account3}, the request is processed in three chunks: {{account1,
account2}, {contact1}, {account3}}. A single request can process up to 10 chunks.
• A single request can process up to 10 chunks.
• You can’t create records for multiple object types in one call when one of the types is related to a feature in the Salesforce Setup
area.
Checking for Errors

• If the request isn’t well formed, the API returns a 400 Bad Request HTTP Status. Fix the syntax of the request and try again.
• If the request is well formed, the API returns a 200 OK HTTP Status. If an item was processed successfully, the success flag
shows for that item. Error information is returned in the errors array.

POST /composite/sobjects
{
"records" : [{
"attributes" : {"type" : "Account"},
"Name" : "example.com",
}, {
"attributes" : {"type" : "Contact"},
"LastName" : "Johnson",
"FirstName" : "Erica"
}]
}
Response Body Examples

This example shows a response when all the items were processed successfully.
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
[
{
"id" : "001RM000003oLnnYAE",
"success" : true,
"errors" : [ ]
},
{
"id" : "003RM0000068xV6YAI",
"success" : true,
"errors" : [ ]
263
}
]
This example shows a response when some items caused errors and allOrNone is false.
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
[
{
"success" : false,
"errors" : [
{
"statusCode" : "DUPLICATES_DETECTED",
"message" : "Use one of these records?",
"fields" : [ ]
}
]
},
{
"id" : "003RM0000068xVCYAY",
"success" : true,
"errors" : [ ]
}
]
This example shows a response when some items caused errors and allOrNone is true.
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
[
{
"success" : false,
"errors" : [
{
"statusCode" : "DUPLICATES_DETECTED",
"message" : "Use one of these records?",
"fields" : [ ]
}
]
},
{
"success" : false,
"errors" : [
{
"statusCode" : "ALL_OR_NONE_OPERATION_ROLLED_BACK",
"message" : "Record rolled back because not all records were valid and the
request was using AllOrNone header",
"fields" : [ ]
}
]
}
]
264
Retrieve Multiple Records with Fewer Round-Trips

Use a GET or POST request with sObject Collections to retrieve one or more records of the same object type. A list of sObjects that
represents the individual records of the specified type is returned. The number of sObjects returned matches the number of IDs passed
in the request.
You can specify approximately 800 IDs before the URL length causes the HTTP 414 error URI too long. To retrieve more records
than the URL length can accommodate, use a POST request to retrieve up to 2,000 records of the same object type. If you use POST, the
IDs and fields of the records to retrieve are specified in the request body.
Request Syntax
If you’re using a GET request, use the following syntax, where SObjectName is the object type of the records from which you’re
retrieving data.
GET
/vXX.X/composite/sobjects/SObjectName?ids=recordId,recordId&fields=fieldname,fieldname
If you’re using a POST request, use the following syntax, where SObjectName (required) is the object type of the records from which
you’re retrieving data.
POST /composite/sobjects/SObjectName
{
"ids" : ["recordId", "recordId", "recordId"],
"fields" : ["fieldname", "fieldname"]
}
Parameters
ids Required. A list of one or more IDs of the objects to return. All IDs must belong to the
same object type.
fields Required. A list of fields to include in the response. The field names you specify must be
valid, and you must have read-level permissions to each field.
Usage Guidelines
• If you specify an invalid field name or a field name that you don’t have permission to read, HTTP 400 Bad Request is returned.
• If you don’t have access to an object, or if a passed ID is invalid, the array returns null for that object.
Request Example
If you’re using a GET request, use the syntax shown in the following example.
GET
/composite/sobjects/Account?ids=001xx000003DGb1AAG,001xx000003DGb0AAG,001xx000003DGb9AAG&fields=id,name
If you’re using a POST request, use a request body as shown in the following example.
POST /composite/sobjects/Account
{
265
"ids" : ["001xx000003DGb1AAG", "001xx000003DGb0AAG", "001xx000003DGb9AAG"],

"fields" : ["id", "name"]
}

[
{
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v42.0/sobjects/Account/001xx000003DGb1AAG"
},
"Id" : "001xx000003DGb1AAG",
"Name" : "Acme"
},
{
"attributes" : {
"type" : "Account",
"url" : "/services/data/v42.0/sobjects/Account/001xx000003DGb0AAG"
},
"Id" : "001xx000003DGb0AAG",
"Name" : "Global Media"
},
null
]
Update Multiple Records with Fewer Round-Trips

Use a PATCH request with sObject Collections to update up to 200 records, returning a list of SaveResult objects. You can choose whether
Request Syntax
PATCH /vXX.X/composite/sobjects
Parameters
allOrNone Optional. Indicates whether to roll back the entire request when the update of any object
fails (true) or to continue with the independent update of other objects in the request.
records Required. A list of sObjects. In a POST request using sObject Collections, set the type
attribute for each object, but don’t set the id field for any object.
Usage Guidelines
• The list can contain up to 200 objects.
• The list can contain objects of different types, including custom objects.
266
• Each object must contain an attributes map. The map must contain a value for type.
Note: Using sObject Collections to update blob data requires more values in the attributes map. For more information, see
Using SObject Collections to Insert a Collection of Blob Records.
• Each object must contain an id field with a valid ID value.

• Objects are updated in the order they’re listed. The SaveResult objects are returned in the order in which the update requests were
specified.
• If the request body includes objects of more than one type, they are processed as chunks. For example, if the incoming objects are
{account1, account2, contact1, account3}, the request is processed in three chunks: {{account1,
account2}, {contact1}, {account3}}. A single request can process up to 10 chunks.
• You can’t update records for multiple object types in one call when one of those types is related to a feature in the Salesforce Setup
area.
Checking for Errors


PATCH /composite/sobjects
{
"records" : [{
"attributes" : {"type" : "Account"},
"id" : "001xx000003DGb2AAG",
"NumberOfEmployees" : 27000
},{
"attributes" : {"type" : "Contact"},
"id" : "003xx000004TmiQAAS",
"Title" : "Lead Engineer"
}]
}

HTTP/1.1 200 OK
[
{
"id" : "001RM000003oCprYAE",
"success" : true,
"errors" : [ ]
},
{
"id" : "003RM0000068og4YAA",
"success" : true,
267
"errors" : [ ]
}
]
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
[
{
"id" : "001RM000003oCprYAE",
"success" : true,
"errors" : [ ]
},
{
"success" : false,
"errors" : [
{
"statusCode" : "MALFORMED_ID",
"message" : "Contact ID: id value of incorrect type: 001xx000003DGb2999",
"fields" : [
"Id"
]
}
]
}
]
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
[
{
"id" : "001RM000003oCprYAE",
"success" : false,
"errors" : [
{
"fields" : [ ]
}
]
},
{
"success" : false,
"errors" : [
{
"message" : "Contact ID: id value of incorrect type: 001xx000003DGb2999",
"fields" : [
"Id"
]
}
268
]
}
]
Delete Multiple Records with Fewer Round-Trips

Use a DELETE request with sObject Collections to delete up to 200 records, returning a list of DeleteResult objects. You can choose to
roll back the entire request when an error occurs.
Request Syntax
DELETE /vXX.X/composite/sobjects?ids=recordId,recordId
Parameters
allOrNone Optional. Indicates whether to roll back the entire request when the deletion of any object
fails (true) or to continue with the independent deletion of other objects in the request.
ids Required. A list of up to 200 IDs of objects to be deleted. The IDs can belong to different
object types, including custom objects.
Usage Guidelines
• The DeleteResult objects are returned in the order in which the IDs of the deleted objects were specified.
• You can't delete records for multiple object types in one call when one of those types is related to a feature in the Salesforce Setup
area.
Checking for Errors

Request Example
DELETE /composite/sobjects?ids=001xx000003DGb2AAG,003xx000004TmiQAAS&allOrNone=false

HTTP/1.1 200 OK
[
{
"id" : "001RM000003oLrHYAU",
269
"success" : true,
"errors" : [ ]
},
{
"id" : "001RM000003oLraYAE",
"success" : true,
"errors" : [ ]
}
]
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
[
{
"id" : "001RM000003oLrfYAE",
"success" : true,
"errors" : [ ]
},
{
"success" : false,
"errors" : [
{
"message" : "malformed id 001RM000003oLrB000",
"fields" : [ ]
}
]
}
]
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
[
{
"id" : "001RM000003oLruYAE",
"success" : false,
"errors" : [
{
"fields" : [ ]
}
]
},
{
"success" : false,
"errors" : [
{
"message" : "malformed id 001RM000003oLrB000",
270
Reference Headers
"fields" : [ ]
}
]
}
]
Headers
This section lists custom HTTP request and response headers used for REST API.
IN THIS SECTION:
Assignment Rule Header
The Assignment Rule header is a request header applied when creating or updating Accounts, Cases, or Leads. If enabled, the active
assignment rules are used. If disabled, the active assignment rules are not applied. If a valid AssignmentRule ID is provided, the
AssignmentRule is applied. If the header is not provided with a request, REST API defaults to using the active assignment rules.
Call Options Header
Specifies the client-specific options when accessing REST API resources. For example, you can write client code that ignores namespace
prefixes by specifying the prefix in the call options header.
Limit Info Header
This response header is returned in each request to REST API. You can use the information to monitor API limits.
Package Version Header
Specifies the version of each package referenced by a client. A package version is a number that identifies the set of components
and behavior contained in a package. This header can also be used to specify a package version when making calls to an Apex REST
web service.
Query Options Header
Specifies options used in a query, such as the query results batch size. Use this request header with the Query resource.
Assignment Rule Header

The Assignment Rule header is a request header applied when creating or updating Accounts, Cases, or Leads. If enabled, the active
assignment rules are used. If disabled, the active assignment rules are not applied. If a valid AssignmentRule ID is provided, the
AssignmentRule is applied. If the header is not provided with a request, REST API defaults to using the active assignment rules.
Note: This header also gets applied when making REST API calls that indirectly result in creating or updating Accounts, Cases, or
Leads. For example, if you use this header with a call that updates a record, and the update executes an Apex trigger that updates
a Case, the assignment rules would be applied.
Header Field Name and Values

Field name
Sforce-Auto-Assign
Field values
• TRUE. Active assignment rules are applied for created or updated Accounts, Cases, or Leads.
• FALSE. Active assignment rules are not applied for created or updated Accounts, Cases, or Leads.
271
Reference Call Options Header
• Valid AssignmentRule ID. The given AssignmentRule is applied for created Accounts, Cases, or Leads.
TRUE and FALSE are not case-sensitive.
If the header is not provided in the request, the default value is TRUE.
Example
Sforce-Auto-Assign: FALSE
Call Options Header

Specifies the client-specific options when accessing REST API resources. For example, you can write client code that ignores namespace
prefixes by specifying the prefix in the call options header.
The Call Options header can be used with SObject Basic Information, SObject Rows, Query, QueryAll, Search, and SObject Rows by External
ID.

Field name
Sforce-Call-Options
Field values
• client—A string that identifies a client.
• defaultNamespace—A string that identifies a developer namespace prefix. Resolve field names in managed packages
without having to specify the namespace everywhere.
Example
If the developer namespace prefix is battle, and you have a custom field called botId in a package, set the default namespace
with the call options header:
Sforce-Call-Options: client=SampleCaseSensitiveToken/100, defaultNamespace=battle
Then queries such as the following succeed:

/vXX.X/query/?q=SELECT+Id+botID__c+FROM+Account
In this case the actual field queried is the battle__botId__c field.

Using this header allows you to write client code without having to specify the namespace prefix. In the previous example, without
the header you must write battle__botId__c.
If this field is set, and the query also specifies the namespace, the response doesn’t include the prefix. For example, if you set this
header to battle, and issue a query like SELECT+Id+battle__botID__c+FROM+Account, the response uses a
botId__c element, not a battle_botId__c element.
The defaultNamespace field is ignored when retrieving describe information, which avoids ambiguity between namespace
prefixes and customer fields of the same name.
Limit Info Header

This response header is returned in each request to REST API. You can use the information to monitor API limits.
272
Reference Package Version Header

Field name
Sforce-Limit-Info
Field values
• api-usage—Specifies the API usage for the organization against which the call was made in the format nn/nnnn. The first
number is the number of API calls used, and the second number is the API limit for the organization.
Example
Response to a REST request for a Merchandise record, including the limit information in line three:
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Date: Mon, 20 May 2013 22:21:46 GMT
Sforce-Limit-Info: api-usage=18/5000
Last-Modified: Mon, 20 May 2013 20:49:32 GMT
Content-Type: application/json;charset=UTF-8
{
"attributes" : {
"url" : "/services/data/v46.0/sobjects/Merchandise__c/a00D0000008pQSNIA2"
},
"Id" : "a00D0000008pQSNIA2",
"OwnerId" : "005D0000001QX8WIAW",
"Name" : "Phone Case - iPhone 4/4S",
"CreatedDate" : "2013-05-20T20:49:32.000+0000",
"CreatedById" : "005D0000001QX8WIAW",
"LastModifiedById" : "005D0000001QX8WIAW",
"LastActivityDate" : null,
"LastViewedDate" : "2013-05-20T22:19:56.000+0000",
"LastReferencedDate" : "2013-05-20T22:19:56.000+0000",
"Description__c" : "Phone Case for iPhone 4/4S",
"Price__c" : 16.99,
"Stock_Price__c" : 12.99,
"Total_Inventory__c" : 108.0
}
Package Version Header

Specifies the version of each package referenced by a client. A package version is a number that identifies the set of components and
behavior contained in a package. This header can also be used to specify a package version when making calls to an Apex REST web
service.
The Package Version header can be used with the following resources: Describe Global, SObject Describe, SObject Basic Information,
SObject Rows, Describe Layouts, Query, QueryAll, Search, and SObject Rows by External ID.
273
Reference Query Options Header

Field name and value
x-sfdc-packageversion-[namespace]: xx.x, where [namespace] is the unique namespace of the managed
package and xx.x is the package version.
Example
x-sfdc-packageversion-clientPackage: 1.0
Query Options Header

Specifies options used in a query, such as the query results batch size. Use this request header with the Query resource.

Field name
Sforce-Query-Options
Field values
• batchSize—A numeric value that specifies the number of records returned for a query request. Child objects count toward
the number of records for the batch size. For example, in relationship queries, multiple child objects are returned per parent row
returned.
The default is 2,000; the minimum is 200, and the maximum is 2,000. There is no guarantee that the requested batch size is the
actual batch size. Changes are made as necessary to maximize performance.
Example
Sforce-Query-Options: batchSize=1000
Status Codes and Error Responses

Either when an error occurs or when a response is successful, the response header contains an HTTP code, and the response body usually
contains:
• The HTTP response code
• The message accompanying the HTTP response code
• The field or object where the error occurred (if the response returns information about an error)
HTTP response Description

code
200 “OK” success code, for GET or HEAD request.
201 “Created” success code, for POST request.
204 “No Content” success code, for DELETE request.
300 The value returned when an external ID exists in more than one record. The response body contains the list
of matching records.
304 The request content has not changed since a specified date and time. The date and time is provided in a
If-Modified-Since header. See Get Object Metadata Changes for an example.
274
Reference Status Codes and Error Responses
HTTP response Description

code
400 The request couldn’t be understood, usually because the JSON or XML body contains an error.
401 The session ID or OAuth token used has expired or is invalid. The response body contains the message and
errorCode.
403 The request has been refused. Verify that the logged-in user has appropriate permissions. If the error code is
REQUEST_LIMIT_EXCEEDED, you’ve exceeded API request limits in your org.
404 The requested resource couldn’t be found. Check the URI for errors, and verify that there are no sharing issues.
405 The method specified in the Request-Line isn’t allowed for the resource specified in the URI.
415 The entity in the request is in a format that’s not supported by the specified method.
500 An error has occurred within Lightning Platform, so the request couldn’t be completed. Contact Salesforce
Customer Support.
Incorrect ID example
Using a non-existent ID in a request using JSON or XML (request_body.json or request_body.xml)
{
"fields" : [ "Id" ],
"message" : "Account ID: id value of incorrect type: 001900K0001pPuOAAU",
"errorCode" : "MALFORMED_ID"
}
Resource does not exist

Requesting a resource that doesn’t exist, for example, if you try to create a record using a misspelled object name
{
}
275

Api Rest

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Api Rest

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Api Rest

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the main topics covered in the document?

What are the main topics covered in the document?

What are some of the authentication methods discussed?

What are some of the authentication methods discussed?

REST API Developer Guide

Version 46.0, Summer ’19

Chapter 1: Introducing Lightning Platform REST API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Chapter 2: Quick Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Get Field Values from a Standard Object Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Update a Record and Get Its Field Values in a Single Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Chapter 4: Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Process Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Lightning Platform REST Resources

The output from this request is as follows.

Support for JSON and XML

Using Conditional Requests

Using cURL in the REST Examples

Note: cURL is an open source tool and is not supported by Salesforce.

• Enclose the session ID within single quotes. For example:

Defining Connected Apps

2. Enter the name of your application.

Understanding OAuth Endpoints

redirect_uri The Callback URL from the connected app definition.

The following parameters are optional:

Note: Encode this value with a base64urlonly once.

login_hint Provides a valid username value to pre-populate the login page

nonce Specifies a value to be returned in the response; this parameter

state Specifies any additional URL-encoded state data to be returned

This example shows an authorization URL:

This example shows a callback URL with authorization information:

client_secret The Consumer Secret from the connected app definition.

client_id The Consumer Key from the connected app definition.

redirect_uri The Callback URL from the connected app definition.

The following parameters are optional:

client_assertion_type Provide this value when using the client_assertion

Note: Encode the value with a base64url only once.

format Expected return format. The default is json. Values are:

Warning: This value is a secret. Treat it like the user's

issued_at When the signature was created, represented as the number of

signature Base64-encoded HMAC-SHA256 signature signed with the

This example shows a JSON response body:

Understanding the User-Agent OAuth Authentication Flow

redirect_uri The Callback URL from the connected app definition.

The following parameters are optional:

state Specifies any additional URL-encoded state data to be returned

An example authorization URL might look something like the following:

Warning: This value is a secret. Treat it like the user's

scope A space-separated list of scope values.

issued_at When the signature was created, represented as the number of

signature Base64-encoded HMAC-SHA256 signature signed with the

Understanding the Username-Password OAuth Authentication Flow

client_id The Consumer Key from the connected app definition.

client_secret The Consumer Secret from the connected app definition.

username End-user’s username.

password End-user’s password.

Note: You must append the user’s security token to their

security tokens see “Reset Your Security Token” in the

An example request body might look something like the following:

issued_at When the signature was created, represented as the number of